|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 * GUI/Motif support by Robert Webb
|
|
|
5 * Macintosh port by Dany St-Amant
|
|
|
6 * and Axel Kielhorn
|
|
1106
|
7 * Port to MPW by Bernhard Pruemmer
|
|
7
|
8 * Initial Carbon port by Ammon Skidmore
|
|
|
9 *
|
|
|
10 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
11 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
12 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
13 */
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
15 /*
|
|
593
|
16 * NOTES: - Vim 7+ does not support classic MacOS. Please use Vim 6.x
|
|
856
|
17 * - Comments mentioning FAQ refer to the book:
|
|
|
18 * "Macworld Mac Programming FAQs" from "IDG Books"
|
|
7
|
19 */
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
21 /*
|
|
|
22 * TODO: Change still to merge from the macvim's iDisk
|
|
|
23 *
|
|
|
24 * error_ga, mch_errmsg, Navigation's changes in gui_mch_browse
|
|
|
25 * uses of MenuItemIndex, changes in gui_mch_set_shellsize,
|
|
|
26 * ScrapManager error handling.
|
|
|
27 * Comments about function remaining to Carbonize.
|
|
|
28 *
|
|
|
29 */
|
|
|
30
|
|
1107
|
31 /* TODO (Jussi)
|
|
|
32 * * Clipboard does not work (at least some cases)
|
|
|
33 * * ATSU font rendering has some problems
|
|
|
34 * * Investigate and remove dead code (there is still lots of that)
|
|
|
35 */
|
|
7
|
36
|
|
|
37 #include <Devices.h> /* included first to avoid CR problems */
|
|
|
38 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
39
|
|
593
|
40 #define USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
41 #define USE_AEVENT /* Enable AEVENT */
|
|
|
42 #undef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW /* Debugging feature: start Vim window OFFSETed */
|
|
7
|
43
|
|
|
44 /* Compile as CodeWarior External Editor */
|
|
|
45 #if defined(FEAT_CW_EDITOR) && !defined(USE_AEVENT)
|
|
|
46 # define USE_AEVENT /* Need Apple Event Support */
|
|
|
47 #endif
|
|
|
48
|
|
9
|
49 /* Vim's Scrap flavor. */
|
|
|
50 #define VIMSCRAPFLAVOR 'VIM!'
|
|
838
|
51 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
52 # define SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR kScrapFlavorTypeUnicode
|
|
|
53 #else
|
|
|
54 # define SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR kScrapFlavorTypeText
|
|
|
55 #endif
|
|
9
|
56
|
|
7
|
57 static EventHandlerUPP mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
593
|
58 SInt32 gMacSystemVersion;
|
|
|
59
|
|
766
|
60 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
|
61 # define USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
168
|
62 static EventHandlerUPP keyEventHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
|
63 #endif
|
|
|
64
|
|
7
|
65
|
|
|
66 /* Include some file. TODO: move into os_mac.h */
|
|
|
67 #include <Menus.h>
|
|
|
68 #include <Resources.h>
|
|
|
69 #include <Processes.h>
|
|
|
70 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
71 # include <AppleEvents.h>
|
|
|
72 # include <AERegistry.h>
|
|
|
73 #endif
|
|
|
74 # include <Gestalt.h>
|
|
|
75 #if UNIVERSAL_INTERFACES_VERSION >= 0x0330
|
|
|
76 # include <ControlDefinitions.h>
|
|
|
77 # include <Navigation.h> /* Navigation only part of ?? */
|
|
|
78 #endif
|
|
|
79
|
|
593
|
80 /* Help Manager (balloon.h, HM prefixed functions) are not supported
|
|
|
81 * under Carbon (Jussi) */
|
|
|
82 # if 0
|
|
7
|
83 /* New Help Interface for Mac, not implemented yet.*/
|
|
593
|
84 # include <MacHelp.h>
|
|
|
85 # endif
|
|
7
|
86
|
|
|
87 /*
|
|
593
|
88 * These seem to be rectangle options. Why are they not found in
|
|
|
89 * headers? (Jussi)
|
|
7
|
90 */
|
|
|
91 #define kNothing 0
|
|
|
92 #define kCreateEmpty 2 /*1*/
|
|
|
93 #define kCreateRect 2
|
|
|
94 #define kDestroy 3
|
|
|
95
|
|
|
96 /*
|
|
|
97 * Dany: Don't like those...
|
|
|
98 */
|
|
|
99 #define topLeft(r) (((Point*)&(r))[0])
|
|
|
100 #define botRight(r) (((Point*)&(r))[1])
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
102
|
|
|
103 /* Time of last mouse click, to detect double-click */
|
|
|
104 static long lastMouseTick = 0;
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
106 /* ??? */
|
|
|
107 static RgnHandle cursorRgn;
|
|
|
108 static RgnHandle dragRgn;
|
|
|
109 static Rect dragRect;
|
|
|
110 static short dragRectEnbl;
|
|
|
111 static short dragRectControl;
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
113 /* This variable is set when waiting for an event, which is the only moment
|
|
|
114 * scrollbar dragging can be done directly. It's not allowed while commands
|
|
|
115 * are executed, because it may move the cursor and that may cause unexpected
|
|
|
116 * problems (e.g., while ":s" is working).
|
|
|
117 */
|
|
|
118 static int allow_scrollbar = FALSE;
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
120 /* Last mouse click caused contextual menu, (to provide proper release) */
|
|
|
121 static short clickIsPopup;
|
|
|
122
|
|
|
123 /* Feedback Action for Scrollbar */
|
|
|
124 ControlActionUPP gScrollAction;
|
|
|
125 ControlActionUPP gScrollDrag;
|
|
|
126
|
|
|
127 /* Keeping track of which scrollbar is being dragged */
|
|
|
128 static ControlHandle dragged_sb = NULL;
|
|
|
129
|
|
13
|
130 static struct
|
|
|
131 {
|
|
|
132 FMFontFamily family;
|
|
|
133 FMFontSize size;
|
|
|
134 FMFontStyle style;
|
|
|
135 Boolean isPanelVisible;
|
|
|
136 } gFontPanelInfo = { 0, 0, 0, false };
|
|
593
|
137
|
|
766
|
138 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
168
|
139 # define USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
140 ATSUStyle gFontStyle;
|
|
|
141 Boolean gIsFontFallbackSet;
|
|
|
142 #endif
|
|
|
143
|
|
7
|
144 /* Colors Macros */
|
|
|
145 #define RGB(r,g,b) ((r) << 16) + ((g) << 8) + (b)
|
|
|
146 #define Red(c) ((c & 0x00FF0000) >> 16)
|
|
|
147 #define Green(c) ((c & 0x0000FF00) >> 8)
|
|
|
148 #define Blue(c) ((c & 0x000000FF) >> 0)
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
150 /* Key mapping */
|
|
|
151
|
|
|
152 #define vk_Esc 0x35 /* -> 1B */
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
154 #define vk_F1 0x7A /* -> 10 */
|
|
|
155 #define vk_F2 0x78 /*0x63*/
|
|
|
156 #define vk_F3 0x63 /*0x76*/
|
|
|
157 #define vk_F4 0x76 /*0x60*/
|
|
|
158 #define vk_F5 0x60 /*0x61*/
|
|
|
159 #define vk_F6 0x61 /*0x62*/
|
|
|
160 #define vk_F7 0x62 /*0x63*/ /*?*/
|
|
|
161 #define vk_F8 0x64
|
|
|
162 #define vk_F9 0x65
|
|
|
163 #define vk_F10 0x6D
|
|
|
164 #define vk_F11 0x67
|
|
|
165 #define vk_F12 0x6F
|
|
|
166 #define vk_F13 0x69
|
|
|
167 #define vk_F14 0x6B
|
|
|
168 #define vk_F15 0x71
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
170 #define vk_Clr 0x47 /* -> 1B (ESC) */
|
|
|
171 #define vk_Enter 0x4C /* -> 03 */
|
|
|
172
|
|
|
173 #define vk_Space 0x31 /* -> 20 */
|
|
|
174 #define vk_Tab 0x30 /* -> 09 */
|
|
|
175 #define vk_Return 0x24 /* -> 0D */
|
|
|
176 /* This is wrong for OSX, what is it for? */
|
|
|
177 #define vk_Delete 0X08 /* -> 08 BackSpace */
|
|
|
178
|
|
|
179 #define vk_Help 0x72 /* -> 05 */
|
|
|
180 #define vk_Home 0x73 /* -> 01 */
|
|
|
181 #define vk_PageUp 0x74 /* -> 0D */
|
|
|
182 #define vk_FwdDelete 0x75 /* -> 7F */
|
|
|
183 #define vk_End 0x77 /* -> 04 */
|
|
|
184 #define vk_PageDown 0x79 /* -> 0C */
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
186 #define vk_Up 0x7E /* -> 1E */
|
|
|
187 #define vk_Down 0x7D /* -> 1F */
|
|
|
188 #define vk_Left 0x7B /* -> 1C */
|
|
|
189 #define vk_Right 0x7C /* -> 1D */
|
|
|
190
|
|
|
191 #define vk_Undo vk_F1
|
|
|
192 #define vk_Cut vk_F2
|
|
|
193 #define vk_Copy vk_F3
|
|
|
194 #define vk_Paste vk_F4
|
|
|
195 #define vk_PrintScreen vk_F13
|
|
|
196 #define vk_SCrollLock vk_F14
|
|
|
197 #define vk_Pause vk_F15
|
|
|
198 #define vk_NumLock vk_Clr
|
|
|
199 #define vk_Insert vk_Help
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
201 #define KeySym char
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
203 static struct
|
|
|
204 {
|
|
|
205 KeySym key_sym;
|
|
|
206 char_u vim_code0;
|
|
|
207 char_u vim_code1;
|
|
|
208 } special_keys[] =
|
|
|
209 {
|
|
|
210 {vk_Up, 'k', 'u'},
|
|
|
211 {vk_Down, 'k', 'd'},
|
|
|
212 {vk_Left, 'k', 'l'},
|
|
|
213 {vk_Right, 'k', 'r'},
|
|
|
214
|
|
|
215 {vk_F1, 'k', '1'},
|
|
|
216 {vk_F2, 'k', '2'},
|
|
|
217 {vk_F3, 'k', '3'},
|
|
|
218 {vk_F4, 'k', '4'},
|
|
|
219 {vk_F5, 'k', '5'},
|
|
|
220 {vk_F6, 'k', '6'},
|
|
|
221 {vk_F7, 'k', '7'},
|
|
|
222 {vk_F8, 'k', '8'},
|
|
|
223 {vk_F9, 'k', '9'},
|
|
|
224 {vk_F10, 'k', ';'},
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
226 {vk_F11, 'F', '1'},
|
|
|
227 {vk_F12, 'F', '2'},
|
|
|
228 {vk_F13, 'F', '3'},
|
|
|
229 {vk_F14, 'F', '4'},
|
|
|
230 {vk_F15, 'F', '5'},
|
|
|
231
|
|
|
232 /* {XK_Help, '%', '1'}, */
|
|
|
233 /* {XK_Undo, '&', '8'}, */
|
|
|
234 /* {XK_BackSpace, 'k', 'b'}, */
|
|
|
235 #ifndef MACOS_X
|
|
|
236 {vk_Delete, 'k', 'b'},
|
|
|
237 #endif
|
|
|
238 {vk_Insert, 'k', 'I'},
|
|
|
239 {vk_FwdDelete, 'k', 'D'},
|
|
|
240 {vk_Home, 'k', 'h'},
|
|
|
241 {vk_End, '@', '7'},
|
|
|
242 /* {XK_Prior, 'k', 'P'}, */
|
|
|
243 /* {XK_Next, 'k', 'N'}, */
|
|
|
244 /* {XK_Print, '%', '9'}, */
|
|
|
245
|
|
|
246 {vk_PageUp, 'k', 'P'},
|
|
|
247 {vk_PageDown, 'k', 'N'},
|
|
|
248
|
|
|
249 /* End of list marker: */
|
|
|
250 {(KeySym)0, 0, 0}
|
|
|
251 };
|
|
|
252
|
|
|
253 /*
|
|
|
254 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
255 * Forward declaration (for those needed)
|
|
|
256 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
257 */
|
|
|
258
|
|
|
259 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
9
|
260 OSErr HandleUnusedParms(const AppleEvent *theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
261 #endif
|
|
|
262
|
|
1106
|
263 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
|
|
|
264 static void initialise_tabline(void);
|
|
|
265 static WindowRef drawer = NULL; // TODO: put into gui.h
|
|
|
266 #endif
|
|
|
267
|
|
7
|
268 /*
|
|
|
269 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
270 * Conversion Utility
|
|
|
271 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
272 */
|
|
|
273
|
|
|
274 /*
|
|
|
275 * C2Pascal_save
|
|
|
276 *
|
|
|
277 * Allocate memory and convert the C-String passed in
|
|
|
278 * into a pascal string
|
|
|
279 *
|
|
|
280 */
|
|
|
281
|
|
593
|
282 char_u *
|
|
|
283 C2Pascal_save(char_u *Cstring)
|
|
7
|
284 {
|
|
|
285 char_u *PascalString;
|
|
|
286 int len;
|
|
|
287
|
|
|
288 if (Cstring == NULL)
|
|
|
289 return NULL;
|
|
|
290
|
|
|
291 len = STRLEN(Cstring);
|
|
|
292
|
|
|
293 if (len > 255) /* Truncate if necessary */
|
|
|
294 len = 255;
|
|
|
295
|
|
|
296 PascalString = alloc(len + 1);
|
|
|
297 if (PascalString != NULL)
|
|
|
298 {
|
|
|
299 mch_memmove(PascalString + 1, Cstring, len);
|
|
|
300 PascalString[0] = len;
|
|
|
301 }
|
|
|
302
|
|
|
303 return PascalString;
|
|
|
304 }
|
|
|
305
|
|
|
306 /*
|
|
|
307 * C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash
|
|
|
308 *
|
|
|
309 * Allocate memory and convert the C-String passed in
|
|
|
310 * into a pascal string. Also remove the backslash at the same time
|
|
|
311 *
|
|
|
312 */
|
|
|
313
|
|
593
|
314 char_u *
|
|
|
315 C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash(char_u *Cstring)
|
|
7
|
316 {
|
|
|
317 char_u *PascalString;
|
|
|
318 int len;
|
|
|
319 char_u *p, *c;
|
|
|
320
|
|
|
321 len = STRLEN(Cstring);
|
|
|
322
|
|
|
323 if (len > 255) /* Truncate if necessary */
|
|
|
324 len = 255;
|
|
|
325
|
|
|
326 PascalString = alloc(len + 1);
|
|
|
327 if (PascalString != NULL)
|
|
|
328 {
|
|
|
329 for (c = Cstring, p = PascalString+1, len = 0; (*c != 0) && (len < 255); c++)
|
|
|
330 {
|
|
|
331 if ((*c == '\\') && (c[1] != 0))
|
|
|
332 {
|
|
|
333 c++;
|
|
|
334 }
|
|
|
335 *p = *c;
|
|
|
336 p++;
|
|
|
337 len++;
|
|
|
338 }
|
|
|
339 PascalString[0] = len;
|
|
|
340 }
|
|
|
341
|
|
|
342 return PascalString;
|
|
|
343 }
|
|
|
344
|
|
|
345 /*
|
|
|
346 * Convert the modifiers of an Event into vim's modifiers (mouse)
|
|
|
347 */
|
|
|
348
|
|
|
349 int_u
|
|
|
350 EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(EventModifiers macModifiers)
|
|
|
351 {
|
|
|
352 int_u vimModifiers = 0x00;
|
|
|
353
|
|
|
354 if (macModifiers & (shiftKey | rightShiftKey))
|
|
|
355 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_SHIFT;
|
|
|
356 if (macModifiers & (controlKey | rightControlKey))
|
|
|
357 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
358 if (macModifiers & (optionKey | rightOptionKey))
|
|
|
359 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_ALT;
|
|
|
360 #if 0
|
|
|
361 /* Not yet supported */
|
|
|
362 if (macModifiers & (cmdKey)) /* There's no rightCmdKey */
|
|
|
363 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_CMD;
|
|
|
364 #endif
|
|
|
365 return (vimModifiers);
|
|
|
366 }
|
|
|
367
|
|
|
368 /*
|
|
|
369 * Convert the modifiers of an Event into vim's modifiers (keys)
|
|
|
370 */
|
|
|
371
|
|
|
372 static int_u
|
|
|
373 EventModifiers2VimModifiers(EventModifiers macModifiers)
|
|
|
374 {
|
|
|
375 int_u vimModifiers = 0x00;
|
|
|
376
|
|
|
377 if (macModifiers & (shiftKey | rightShiftKey))
|
|
|
378 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
379 if (macModifiers & (controlKey | rightControlKey))
|
|
|
380 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
|
381 if (macModifiers & (optionKey | rightOptionKey))
|
|
|
382 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_ALT;
|
|
|
383 #ifdef USE_CMD_KEY
|
|
|
384 if (macModifiers & (cmdKey)) /* There's no rightCmdKey */
|
|
|
385 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_CMD;
|
|
|
386 #endif
|
|
|
387 return (vimModifiers);
|
|
|
388 }
|
|
|
389
|
|
|
390 /* Convert a string representing a point size into pixels. The string should
|
|
|
391 * be a positive decimal number, with an optional decimal point (eg, "12", or
|
|
|
392 * "10.5"). The pixel value is returned, and a pointer to the next unconverted
|
|
|
393 * character is stored in *end. The flag "vertical" says whether this
|
|
|
394 * calculation is for a vertical (height) size or a horizontal (width) one.
|
|
|
395 *
|
|
|
396 * From gui_w48.c
|
|
|
397 */
|
|
|
398 static int
|
|
|
399 points_to_pixels(char_u *str, char_u **end, int vertical)
|
|
|
400 {
|
|
|
401 int pixels;
|
|
|
402 int points = 0;
|
|
|
403 int divisor = 0;
|
|
|
404
|
|
|
405 while (*str)
|
|
|
406 {
|
|
|
407 if (*str == '.' && divisor == 0)
|
|
|
408 {
|
|
|
409 /* Start keeping a divisor, for later */
|
|
|
410 divisor = 1;
|
|
|
411 continue;
|
|
|
412 }
|
|
|
413
|
|
|
414 if (!isdigit(*str))
|
|
|
415 break;
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
417 points *= 10;
|
|
|
418 points += *str - '0';
|
|
|
419 divisor *= 10;
|
|
|
420
|
|
|
421 ++str;
|
|
|
422 }
|
|
|
423
|
|
|
424 if (divisor == 0)
|
|
|
425 divisor = 1;
|
|
|
426
|
|
|
427 pixels = points/divisor;
|
|
|
428 *end = str;
|
|
|
429 return pixels;
|
|
|
430 }
|
|
|
431
|
|
766
|
432 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
168
|
433 /*
|
|
|
434 * Deletes all traces of any Windows-style mnemonic text (including any
|
|
|
435 * parentheses) from a menu item and returns the cleaned menu item title.
|
|
|
436 * The caller is responsible for releasing the returned string.
|
|
|
437 */
|
|
|
438 static CFStringRef
|
|
593
|
439 menu_title_removing_mnemonic(vimmenu_T *menu)
|
|
168
|
440 {
|
|
|
441 CFStringRef name;
|
|
|
442 size_t menuTitleLen;
|
|
|
443 CFIndex displayLen;
|
|
|
444 CFRange mnemonicStart;
|
|
|
445 CFRange mnemonicEnd;
|
|
|
446 CFMutableStringRef cleanedName;
|
|
|
447
|
|
|
448 menuTitleLen = STRLEN(menu->dname);
|
|
|
449 name = mac_enc_to_cfstring(menu->dname, menuTitleLen);
|
|
|
450
|
|
|
451 if (name)
|
|
|
452 {
|
|
|
453 /* Simple mnemonic-removal algorithm, assumes single parenthesized
|
|
|
454 * mnemonic character towards the end of the menu text */
|
|
|
455 mnemonicStart = CFStringFind(name, CFSTR("("), kCFCompareBackwards);
|
|
|
456 displayLen = CFStringGetLength(name);
|
|
|
457
|
|
|
458 if (mnemonicStart.location != kCFNotFound
|
|
|
459 && (mnemonicStart.location + 2) < displayLen
|
|
|
460 && CFStringGetCharacterAtIndex(name,
|
|
|
461 mnemonicStart.location + 1) == (UniChar)menu->mnemonic)
|
|
|
462 {
|
|
|
463 if (CFStringFindWithOptions(name, CFSTR(")"),
|
|
|
464 CFRangeMake(mnemonicStart.location + 1,
|
|
|
465 displayLen - mnemonicStart.location - 1),
|
|
|
466 kCFCompareBackwards, &mnemonicEnd) &&
|
|
|
467 (mnemonicStart.location + 2) == mnemonicEnd.location)
|
|
|
468 {
|
|
|
469 cleanedName = CFStringCreateMutableCopy(NULL, 0, name);
|
|
|
470 if (cleanedName)
|
|
|
471 {
|
|
|
472 CFStringDelete(cleanedName,
|
|
|
473 CFRangeMake(mnemonicStart.location,
|
|
|
474 mnemonicEnd.location + 1 -
|
|
|
475 mnemonicStart.location));
|
|
|
476
|
|
|
477 CFRelease(name);
|
|
|
478 name = cleanedName;
|
|
|
479 }
|
|
|
480 }
|
|
|
481 }
|
|
|
482 }
|
|
|
483
|
|
|
484 return name;
|
|
|
485 }
|
|
|
486 #endif
|
|
|
487
|
|
7
|
488 /*
|
|
|
489 * Convert a list of FSSpec aliases into a list of fullpathname
|
|
|
490 * character strings.
|
|
|
491 */
|
|
|
492
|
|
593
|
493 char_u **
|
|
|
494 new_fnames_from_AEDesc(AEDesc *theList, long *numFiles, OSErr *error)
|
|
7
|
495 {
|
|
|
496 char_u **fnames = NULL;
|
|
|
497 OSErr newError;
|
|
|
498 long fileCount;
|
|
|
499 FSSpec fileToOpen;
|
|
|
500 long actualSize;
|
|
|
501 AEKeyword dummyKeyword;
|
|
|
502 DescType dummyType;
|
|
|
503
|
|
|
504 /* Get number of files in list */
|
|
|
505 *error = AECountItems(theList, numFiles);
|
|
|
506 if (*error)
|
|
1107
|
507 return fnames;
|
|
7
|
508
|
|
|
509 /* Allocate the pointer list */
|
|
|
510 fnames = (char_u **) alloc(*numFiles * sizeof(char_u *));
|
|
|
511
|
|
|
512 /* Empty out the list */
|
|
|
513 for (fileCount = 0; fileCount < *numFiles; fileCount++)
|
|
|
514 fnames[fileCount] = NULL;
|
|
|
515
|
|
|
516 /* Scan the list of FSSpec */
|
|
|
517 for (fileCount = 1; fileCount <= *numFiles; fileCount++)
|
|
|
518 {
|
|
|
519 /* Get the alias for the nth file, convert to an FSSpec */
|
|
|
520 newError = AEGetNthPtr(theList, fileCount, typeFSS,
|
|
|
521 &dummyKeyword, &dummyType,
|
|
|
522 (Ptr) &fileToOpen, sizeof(FSSpec), &actualSize);
|
|
|
523 if (newError)
|
|
|
524 {
|
|
|
525 /* Caller is able to clean up */
|
|
|
526 /* TODO: Should be clean up or not? For safety. */
|
|
1107
|
527 return fnames;
|
|
7
|
528 }
|
|
|
529
|
|
|
530 /* Convert the FSSpec to a pathname */
|
|
9
|
531 fnames[fileCount - 1] = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(fileToOpen);
|
|
7
|
532 }
|
|
|
533
|
|
|
534 return (fnames);
|
|
|
535 }
|
|
|
536
|
|
|
537 /*
|
|
|
538 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
539 * CodeWarrior External Editor Support
|
|
|
540 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
541 */
|
|
|
542 #ifdef FEAT_CW_EDITOR
|
|
|
543
|
|
|
544 /*
|
|
|
545 * Handle the Window Search event from CodeWarrior
|
|
|
546 *
|
|
|
547 * Description
|
|
|
548 * -----------
|
|
|
549 *
|
|
|
550 * The IDE sends the Window Search AppleEvent to the editor when it
|
|
|
551 * needs to know whether a particular file is open in the editor.
|
|
|
552 *
|
|
|
553 * Event Reply
|
|
|
554 * -----------
|
|
|
555 *
|
|
|
556 * None. Put data in the location specified in the structure received.
|
|
|
557 *
|
|
|
558 * Remarks
|
|
|
559 * -------
|
|
|
560 *
|
|
|
561 * When the editor receives this event, determine whether the specified
|
|
|
562 * file is open. If it is, return the modification date/time for that file
|
|
|
563 * in the appropriate location specified in the structure. If the file is
|
|
9
|
564 * not opened, put the value fnfErr(file not found) in that location.
|
|
7
|
565 *
|
|
|
566 */
|
|
|
567
|
|
|
568 typedef struct WindowSearch WindowSearch;
|
|
|
569 struct WindowSearch /* for handling class 'KAHL', event 'SRCH', keyDirectObject typeChar*/
|
|
|
570 {
|
|
|
571 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file
|
|
|
572 long *theDate; // where to put the modification date/time
|
|
|
573 };
|
|
|
574
|
|
9
|
575 pascal OSErr
|
|
593
|
576 Handle_KAHL_SRCH_AE(
|
|
|
577 const AppleEvent *theAEvent,
|
|
|
578 AppleEvent *theReply,
|
|
|
579 long refCon)
|
|
7
|
580 {
|
|
|
581 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
582 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
583 int foundFile = false;
|
|
|
584 DescType typeCode;
|
|
|
585 WindowSearch SearchData;
|
|
|
586 Size actualSize;
|
|
|
587
|
|
|
588 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &SearchData, sizeof(WindowSearch), &actualSize);
|
|
|
589 if (error)
|
|
1107
|
590 return error;
|
|
7
|
591
|
|
9
|
592 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
593 if (error)
|
|
1107
|
594 return error;
|
|
7
|
595
|
|
|
596 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
597 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL
|
|
|
598 && SearchData.theFile.parID == buf->b_FSSpec.parID
|
|
|
599 && SearchData.theFile.name[0] == buf->b_FSSpec.name[0]
|
|
|
600 && STRNCMP(SearchData.theFile.name, buf->b_FSSpec.name, buf->b_FSSpec.name[0] + 1) == 0)
|
|
|
601 {
|
|
|
602 foundFile = true;
|
|
|
603 break;
|
|
|
604 }
|
|
|
605
|
|
|
606 if (foundFile == false)
|
|
|
607 *SearchData.theDate = fnfErr;
|
|
|
608 else
|
|
|
609 *SearchData.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
|
610
|
|
|
611 return error;
|
|
|
612 };
|
|
|
613
|
|
|
614 /*
|
|
|
615 * Handle the Modified (from IDE to Editor) event from CodeWarrior
|
|
|
616 *
|
|
|
617 * Description
|
|
|
618 * -----------
|
|
|
619 *
|
|
|
620 * The IDE sends this event to the external editor when it wants to
|
|
|
621 * know which files that are open in the editor have been modified.
|
|
|
622 *
|
|
|
623 * Parameters None.
|
|
|
624 * ----------
|
|
|
625 *
|
|
|
626 * Event Reply
|
|
|
627 * -----------
|
|
|
628 * The reply for this event is:
|
|
|
629 *
|
|
|
630 * keyDirectObject typeAEList required
|
|
|
631 * each element in the list is a structure of typeChar
|
|
|
632 *
|
|
|
633 * Remarks
|
|
|
634 * -------
|
|
|
635 *
|
|
|
636 * When building the reply event, include one element in the list for
|
|
|
637 * each open file that has been modified.
|
|
|
638 *
|
|
|
639 */
|
|
|
640
|
|
|
641 typedef struct ModificationInfo ModificationInfo;
|
|
|
642 struct ModificationInfo /* for replying to class 'KAHL', event 'MOD ', keyDirectObject typeAEList*/
|
|
|
643 {
|
|
|
644 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file
|
|
|
645 long theDate; // the date/time the file was last modified
|
|
|
646 short saved; // set this to zero when replying, unused
|
|
|
647 };
|
|
|
648
|
|
9
|
649 pascal OSErr
|
|
593
|
650 Handle_KAHL_MOD_AE(
|
|
|
651 const AppleEvent *theAEvent,
|
|
|
652 AppleEvent *theReply,
|
|
|
653 long refCon)
|
|
7
|
654 {
|
|
|
655 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
656 AEDescList replyList;
|
|
|
657 long numFiles;
|
|
|
658 ModificationInfo theFile;
|
|
|
659 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
660
|
|
|
661 theFile.saved = 0;
|
|
|
662
|
|
9
|
663 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
664 if (error)
|
|
1107
|
665 return error;
|
|
7
|
666
|
|
|
667 /* Send the reply */
|
|
|
668 /* replyObject.descriptorType = typeNull;
|
|
|
669 replyObject.dataHandle = nil;*/
|
|
|
670
|
|
|
671 /* AECreateDesc(typeChar, (Ptr)&title[1], title[0], &data) */
|
|
|
672 error = AECreateList(nil, 0, false, &replyList);
|
|
|
673 if (error)
|
|
1107
|
674 return error;
|
|
7
|
675
|
|
|
676 #if 0
|
|
|
677 error = AECountItems(&replyList, &numFiles);
|
|
9
|
678
|
|
|
679 /* AEPutKeyDesc(&replyList, keyAEPnject, &aDesc)
|
|
|
680 * AEPutKeyPtr(&replyList, keyAEPosition, typeChar, (Ptr)&theType,
|
|
7
|
681 * sizeof(DescType))
|
|
|
682 */
|
|
|
683
|
|
|
684 /* AEPutDesc */
|
|
|
685 #endif
|
|
|
686
|
|
|
687 numFiles = 0;
|
|
|
688 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
689 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL)
|
|
|
690 {
|
|
|
691 /* Add this file to the list */
|
|
|
692 theFile.theFile = buf->b_FSSpec;
|
|
|
693 theFile.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
9
|
694 /* theFile.theDate = time(NULL) & (time_t) 0xFFFFFFF0; */
|
|
|
695 error = AEPutPtr(&replyList, numFiles, typeChar, (Ptr) &theFile, sizeof(theFile));
|
|
7
|
696 };
|
|
|
697
|
|
|
698 #if 0
|
|
|
699 error = AECountItems(&replyList, &numFiles);
|
|
|
700 #endif
|
|
|
701
|
|
|
702 /* We can add data only if something to reply */
|
|
9
|
703 error = AEPutParamDesc(theReply, keyDirectObject, &replyList);
|
|
7
|
704
|
|
|
705 if (replyList.dataHandle)
|
|
|
706 AEDisposeDesc(&replyList);
|
|
|
707
|
|
|
708 return error;
|
|
|
709 };
|
|
|
710
|
|
|
711 /*
|
|
|
712 * Handle the Get Text event from CodeWarrior
|
|
|
713 *
|
|
|
714 * Description
|
|
|
715 * -----------
|
|
|
716 *
|
|
|
717 * The IDE sends the Get Text AppleEvent to the editor when it needs
|
|
|
718 * the source code from a file. For example, when the user issues a
|
|
|
719 * Check Syntax or Compile command, the compiler needs access to
|
|
|
720 * the source code contained in the file.
|
|
|
721 *
|
|
|
722 * Event Reply
|
|
|
723 * -----------
|
|
|
724 *
|
|
|
725 * None. Put data in locations specified in the structure received.
|
|
|
726 *
|
|
|
727 * Remarks
|
|
|
728 * -------
|
|
|
729 *
|
|
|
730 * When the editor receives this event, it must set the size of the handle
|
|
|
731 * in theText to fit the data in the file. It must then copy the entire
|
|
|
732 * contents of the specified file into the memory location specified in
|
|
|
733 * theText.
|
|
|
734 *
|
|
|
735 */
|
|
|
736
|
|
|
737 typedef struct CW_GetText CW_GetText;
|
|
|
738 struct CW_GetText /* for handling class 'KAHL', event 'GTTX', keyDirectObject typeChar*/
|
|
|
739 {
|
|
|
740 FSSpec theFile; /* identifies the file */
|
|
|
741 Handle theText; /* the location where you return the text (must be resized properly) */
|
|
|
742 long *unused; /* 0 (not used) */
|
|
|
743 long *theDate; /* where to put the modification date/time */
|
|
|
744 };
|
|
|
745
|
|
9
|
746 pascal OSErr
|
|
593
|
747 Handle_KAHL_GTTX_AE(
|
|
|
748 const AppleEvent *theAEvent,
|
|
|
749 AppleEvent *theReply,
|
|
|
750 long refCon)
|
|
7
|
751 {
|
|
|
752 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
753 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
754 int foundFile = false;
|
|
|
755 DescType typeCode;
|
|
|
756 CW_GetText GetTextData;
|
|
|
757 Size actualSize;
|
|
|
758 char_u *line;
|
|
|
759 char_u *fullbuffer = NULL;
|
|
|
760 long linesize;
|
|
|
761 long lineStart;
|
|
|
762 long BufferSize;
|
|
|
763 long lineno;
|
|
|
764
|
|
|
765 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &GetTextData, sizeof(GetTextData), &actualSize);
|
|
|
766
|
|
|
767 if (error)
|
|
1107
|
768 return error;
|
|
7
|
769
|
|
|
770 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
771 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL)
|
|
|
772 if (GetTextData.theFile.parID == buf->b_FSSpec.parID)
|
|
|
773 {
|
|
|
774 foundFile = true;
|
|
|
775 break;
|
|
|
776 }
|
|
|
777
|
|
|
778 if (foundFile)
|
|
|
779 {
|
|
9
|
780 BufferSize = 0; /* GetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText); */
|
|
7
|
781 for (lineno = 0; lineno <= buf->b_ml.ml_line_count; lineno++)
|
|
|
782 {
|
|
|
783 /* Must use the right buffer */
|
|
|
784 line = ml_get_buf(buf, (linenr_T) lineno, FALSE);
|
|
|
785 linesize = STRLEN(line) + 1;
|
|
|
786 lineStart = BufferSize;
|
|
|
787 BufferSize += linesize;
|
|
|
788 /* Resize handle to linesize+1 to include the linefeed */
|
|
9
|
789 SetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText, BufferSize);
|
|
|
790 if (GetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText) != BufferSize)
|
|
7
|
791 {
|
|
|
792 break; /* Simple handling for now */
|
|
|
793 }
|
|
|
794 else
|
|
|
795 {
|
|
9
|
796 HLock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
797 fullbuffer = (char_u *) *GetTextData.theText;
|
|
9
|
798 STRCPY((char_u *)(fullbuffer + lineStart), line);
|
|
7
|
799 fullbuffer[BufferSize-1] = '\r';
|
|
9
|
800 HUnlock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
801 }
|
|
|
802 }
|
|
|
803 if (fullbuffer != NULL)
|
|
|
804 {
|
|
9
|
805 HLock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
806 fullbuffer[BufferSize-1] = 0;
|
|
9
|
807 HUnlock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
808 }
|
|
|
809 if (foundFile == false)
|
|
|
810 *GetTextData.theDate = fnfErr;
|
|
|
811 else
|
|
9
|
812 /* *GetTextData.theDate = time(NULL) & (time_t) 0xFFFFFFF0;*/
|
|
7
|
813 *GetTextData.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
|
814 }
|
|
9
|
815
|
|
|
816 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
1107
|
817
|
|
|
818 return error;
|
|
7
|
819 }
|
|
|
820
|
|
|
821 /*
|
|
|
822 *
|
|
|
823 */
|
|
|
824
|
|
|
825 /* Taken from MoreAppleEvents:ProcessHelpers*/
|
|
593
|
826 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
827 FindProcessBySignature(
|
|
|
828 const OSType targetType,
|
|
|
829 const OSType targetCreator,
|
|
|
830 ProcessSerialNumberPtr psnPtr)
|
|
7
|
831 {
|
|
|
832 OSErr anErr = noErr;
|
|
|
833 Boolean lookingForProcess = true;
|
|
|
834
|
|
|
835 ProcessInfoRec infoRec;
|
|
|
836
|
|
9
|
837 infoRec.processInfoLength = sizeof(ProcessInfoRec);
|
|
7
|
838 infoRec.processName = nil;
|
|
|
839 infoRec.processAppSpec = nil;
|
|
|
840
|
|
|
841 psnPtr->lowLongOfPSN = kNoProcess;
|
|
|
842 psnPtr->highLongOfPSN = kNoProcess;
|
|
|
843
|
|
9
|
844 while (lookingForProcess)
|
|
7
|
845 {
|
|
9
|
846 anErr = GetNextProcess(psnPtr);
|
|
|
847 if (anErr != noErr)
|
|
7
|
848 lookingForProcess = false;
|
|
|
849 else
|
|
|
850 {
|
|
9
|
851 anErr = GetProcessInformation(psnPtr, &infoRec);
|
|
|
852 if ((anErr == noErr)
|
|
|
853 && (infoRec.processType == targetType)
|
|
|
854 && (infoRec.processSignature == targetCreator))
|
|
7
|
855 lookingForProcess = false;
|
|
|
856 }
|
|
|
857 }
|
|
|
858
|
|
|
859 return anErr;
|
|
|
860 }//end FindProcessBySignature
|
|
|
861
|
|
9
|
862 void
|
|
|
863 Send_KAHL_MOD_AE(buf_T *buf)
|
|
7
|
864 {
|
|
9
|
865 OSErr anErr = noErr;
|
|
|
866 AEDesc targetAppDesc = { typeNull, nil };
|
|
7
|
867 ProcessSerialNumber psn = { kNoProcess, kNoProcess };
|
|
|
868 AppleEvent theReply = { typeNull, nil };
|
|
|
869 AESendMode sendMode;
|
|
|
870 AppleEvent theEvent = {typeNull, nil };
|
|
|
871 AEIdleUPP idleProcUPP = nil;
|
|
|
872 ModificationInfo ModData;
|
|
|
873
|
|
|
874
|
|
9
|
875 anErr = FindProcessBySignature('APPL', 'CWIE', &psn);
|
|
|
876 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
7
|
877 {
|
|
9
|
878 anErr = AECreateDesc(typeProcessSerialNumber, &psn,
|
|
|
879 sizeof(ProcessSerialNumber), &targetAppDesc);
|
|
|
880
|
|
|
881 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
7
|
882 {
|
|
|
883 anErr = AECreateAppleEvent( 'KAHL', 'MOD ', &targetAppDesc,
|
|
|
884 kAutoGenerateReturnID, kAnyTransactionID, &theEvent);
|
|
|
885 }
|
|
|
886
|
|
9
|
887 AEDisposeDesc(&targetAppDesc);
|
|
7
|
888
|
|
|
889 /* Add the parms */
|
|
|
890 ModData.theFile = buf->b_FSSpec;
|
|
|
891 ModData.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
|
892
|
|
|
893 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
9
|
894 anErr = AEPutParamPtr(&theEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &ModData, sizeof(ModData));
|
|
|
895
|
|
|
896 if (idleProcUPP == nil)
|
|
7
|
897 sendMode = kAENoReply;
|
|
|
898 else
|
|
|
899 sendMode = kAEWaitReply;
|
|
|
900
|
|
9
|
901 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
|
902 anErr = AESend(&theEvent, &theReply, sendMode, kAENormalPriority, kNoTimeOut, idleProcUPP, nil);
|
|
|
903 if (anErr == noErr && sendMode == kAEWaitReply)
|
|
7
|
904 {
|
|
9
|
905 /* anErr = AEHGetHandlerError(&theReply);*/
|
|
7
|
906 }
|
|
9
|
907 (void) AEDisposeDesc(&theReply);
|
|
7
|
908 }
|
|
|
909 }
|
|
|
910 #endif /* FEAT_CW_EDITOR */
|
|
|
911
|
|
|
912 /*
|
|
|
913 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
914 * Apple Event Handling procedure
|
|
|
915 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
916 */
|
|
|
917 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
918
|
|
|
919 /*
|
|
|
920 * Handle the Unused parms of an AppleEvent
|
|
|
921 */
|
|
|
922
|
|
9
|
923 OSErr
|
|
|
924 HandleUnusedParms(const AppleEvent *theAEvent)
|
|
7
|
925 {
|
|
|
926 OSErr error;
|
|
|
927 long actualSize;
|
|
|
928 DescType dummyType;
|
|
|
929 AEKeyword missedKeyword;
|
|
|
930
|
|
|
931 /* Get the "missed keyword" attribute from the AppleEvent. */
|
|
|
932 error = AEGetAttributePtr(theAEvent, keyMissedKeywordAttr,
|
|
|
933 typeKeyword, &dummyType,
|
|
|
934 (Ptr)&missedKeyword, sizeof(missedKeyword),
|
|
|
935 &actualSize);
|
|
|
936
|
|
|
937 /* If the descriptor isn't found, then we got the required parameters. */
|
|
|
938 if (error == errAEDescNotFound)
|
|
|
939 {
|
|
|
940 error = noErr;
|
|
|
941 }
|
|
|
942 else
|
|
|
943 {
|
|
|
944 #if 0
|
|
|
945 /* Why is this removed? */
|
|
|
946 error = errAEEventNotHandled;
|
|
|
947 #endif
|
|
|
948 }
|
|
|
949
|
|
|
950 return error;
|
|
|
951 }
|
|
|
952
|
|
|
953
|
|
|
954 /*
|
|
|
955 * Handle the ODoc AppleEvent
|
|
|
956 *
|
|
|
957 * Deals with all files dragged to the application icon.
|
|
|
958 *
|
|
|
959 */
|
|
|
960
|
|
|
961 typedef struct SelectionRange SelectionRange;
|
|
|
962 struct SelectionRange /* for handling kCoreClassEvent:kOpenDocuments:keyAEPosition typeChar */
|
|
|
963 {
|
|
|
964 short unused1; // 0 (not used)
|
|
|
965 short lineNum; // line to select (<0 to specify range)
|
|
|
966 long startRange; // start of selection range (if line < 0)
|
|
|
967 long endRange; // end of selection range (if line < 0)
|
|
|
968 long unused2; // 0 (not used)
|
|
|
969 long theDate; // modification date/time
|
|
|
970 };
|
|
|
971
|
|
|
972 /* The IDE uses the optional keyAEPosition parameter to tell the ed-
|
|
|
973 itor the selection range. If lineNum is zero or greater, scroll the text
|
|
|
974 to the specified line. If lineNum is less than zero, use the values in
|
|
|
975 startRange and endRange to select the specified characters. Scroll
|
|
|
976 the text to display the selection. If lineNum, startRange, and
|
|
|
977 endRange are all negative, there is no selection range specified.
|
|
|
978 */
|
|
|
979
|
|
9
|
980 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
981 HandleODocAE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
982 {
|
|
|
983 /*
|
|
|
984 * TODO: Clean up the code with convert the AppleEvent into
|
|
|
985 * a ":args"
|
|
|
986 */
|
|
|
987 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
988 // OSErr firstError = noErr;
|
|
|
989 // short numErrors = 0;
|
|
|
990 AEDesc theList;
|
|
|
991 DescType typeCode;
|
|
|
992 long numFiles;
|
|
|
993 // long fileCount;
|
|
|
994 char_u **fnames;
|
|
|
995 // char_u fname[256];
|
|
|
996 Size actualSize;
|
|
|
997 SelectionRange thePosition;
|
|
|
998 short gotPosition = false;
|
|
|
999 long lnum;
|
|
|
1000
|
|
|
1001 /* the direct object parameter is the list of aliases to files (one or more) */
|
|
|
1002 error = AEGetParamDesc(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeAEList, &theList);
|
|
|
1003 if (error)
|
|
1107
|
1004 return error;
|
|
7
|
1005
|
|
|
1006
|
|
|
1007 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &thePosition, sizeof(SelectionRange), &actualSize);
|
|
|
1008 if (error == noErr)
|
|
|
1009 gotPosition = true;
|
|
|
1010 if (error == errAEDescNotFound)
|
|
|
1011 error = noErr;
|
|
|
1012 if (error)
|
|
1107
|
1013 return error;
|
|
7
|
1014
|
|
|
1015 /*
|
|
|
1016 error = AEGetParamDesc(theAEvent, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &thePosition);
|
|
|
1017
|
|
|
1018 if (^error) then
|
|
|
1019 {
|
|
|
1020 if (thePosition.lineNum >= 0)
|
|
|
1021 {
|
|
|
1022 // Goto this line
|
|
|
1023 }
|
|
|
1024 else
|
|
|
1025 {
|
|
|
1026 // Set the range char wise
|
|
|
1027 }
|
|
|
1028 }
|
|
|
1029 */
|
|
|
1030
|
|
|
1031
|
|
|
1032 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
1033 reset_VIsual();
|
|
|
1034 #endif
|
|
|
1035
|
|
|
1036 fnames = new_fnames_from_AEDesc(&theList, &numFiles, &error);
|
|
|
1037
|
|
|
1038 if (error)
|
|
|
1039 {
|
|
|
1040 /* TODO: empty fnames[] first */
|
|
|
1041 vim_free(fnames);
|
|
|
1042 return (error);
|
|
|
1043 }
|
|
|
1044
|
|
|
1045 if (starting > 0)
|
|
|
1046 {
|
|
|
1047 int i;
|
|
|
1048 char_u *p;
|
|
1409
|
1049 int fnum = -1;
|
|
7
|
1050
|
|
|
1051 /* these are the initial files dropped on the Vim icon */
|
|
|
1052 for (i = 0 ; i < numFiles; i++)
|
|
|
1053 {
|
|
|
1054 if (ga_grow(&global_alist.al_ga, 1) == FAIL
|
|
|
1055 || (p = vim_strsave(fnames[i])) == NULL)
|
|
|
1056 mch_exit(2);
|
|
|
1057 else
|
|
|
1058 alist_add(&global_alist, p, 2);
|
|
1409
|
1059 if (fnum == -1)
|
|
|
1060 fnum = GARGLIST[GARGCOUNT - 1].ae_fnum;
|
|
|
1061 }
|
|
|
1062
|
|
|
1063 /* If the file name was already in the buffer list we need to switch
|
|
|
1064 * to it. */
|
|
|
1065 if (curbuf->b_fnum != fnum)
|
|
|
1066 {
|
|
|
1067 char_u cmd[30];
|
|
|
1068
|
|
|
1069 vim_snprintf((char *)cmd, 30, "silent %dbuffer", fnum);
|
|
|
1070 do_cmdline_cmd(cmd);
|
|
7
|
1071 }
|
|
816
|
1072
|
|
|
1073 /* Change directory to the location of the first file. */
|
|
|
1074 if (GARGCOUNT > 0 && vim_chdirfile(alist_name(&GARGLIST[0])) == OK)
|
|
|
1075 shorten_fnames(TRUE);
|
|
|
1076
|
|
7
|
1077 goto finished;
|
|
|
1078 }
|
|
|
1079
|
|
|
1080 /* Handle the drop, :edit to get to the file */
|
|
|
1081 handle_drop(numFiles, fnames, FALSE);
|
|
|
1082
|
|
|
1083 /* TODO: Handle the goto/select line more cleanly */
|
|
|
1084 if ((numFiles == 1) & (gotPosition))
|
|
|
1085 {
|
|
|
1086 if (thePosition.lineNum >= 0)
|
|
|
1087 {
|
|
37
|
1088 lnum = thePosition.lineNum + 1;
|
|
7
|
1089 /* oap->motion_type = MLINE;
|
|
|
1090 setpcmark();*/
|
|
|
1091 if (lnum < 1L)
|
|
|
1092 lnum = 1L;
|
|
|
1093 else if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
1094 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
1095 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
37
|
1096 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
7
|
1097 /* beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX);*/
|
|
|
1098 }
|
|
|
1099 else
|
|
|
1100 goto_byte(thePosition.startRange + 1);
|
|
|
1101 }
|
|
|
1102
|
|
|
1103 /* Update the screen display */
|
|
|
1104 update_screen(NOT_VALID);
|
|
37
|
1105 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
1106 /* Select the text if possible */
|
|
|
1107 if (gotPosition)
|
|
|
1108 {
|
|
168
|
1109 VIsual_active = TRUE;
|
|
|
1110 VIsual_select = FALSE;
|
|
|
1111 VIsual = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
1112 if (thePosition.lineNum < 0)
|
|
37
|
1113 {
|
|
168
|
1114 VIsual_mode = 'v';
|
|
|
1115 goto_byte(thePosition.endRange);
|
|
|
1116 }
|
|
|
1117 else
|
|
37
|
1118 {
|
|
168
|
1119 VIsual_mode = 'V';
|
|
|
1120 VIsual.col = 0;
|
|
|
1121 }
|
|
37
|
1122 }
|
|
|
1123 #endif
|
|
7
|
1124 setcursor();
|
|
|
1125 out_flush();
|
|
|
1126
|
|
37
|
1127 /* Fake mouse event to wake from stall */
|
|
|
1128 PostEvent(mouseUp, 0);
|
|
|
1129
|
|
1107
|
1130 finished:
|
|
7
|
1131 AEDisposeDesc(&theList); /* dispose what we allocated */
|
|
|
1132
|
|
9
|
1133 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
1107
|
1134 return error;
|
|
7
|
1135 }
|
|
|
1136
|
|
|
1137 /*
|
|
|
1138 *
|
|
|
1139 */
|
|
|
1140
|
|
9
|
1141 pascal OSErr
|
|
593
|
1142 Handle_aevt_oapp_AE(
|
|
|
1143 const AppleEvent *theAEvent,
|
|
|
1144 AppleEvent *theReply,
|
|
|
1145 long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1146 {
|
|
|
1147 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1148
|
|
9
|
1149 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
1107
|
1150 return error;
|
|
7
|
1151 }
|
|
|
1152
|
|
|
1153 /*
|
|
|
1154 *
|
|
|
1155 */
|
|
|
1156
|
|
9
|
1157 pascal OSErr
|
|
593
|
1158 Handle_aevt_quit_AE(
|
|
|
1159 const AppleEvent *theAEvent,
|
|
|
1160 AppleEvent *theReply,
|
|
|
1161 long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1162 {
|
|
|
1163 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1164
|
|
9
|
1165 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1166 if (error)
|
|
1107
|
1167 return error;
|
|
7
|
1168
|
|
|
1169 /* Need to fake a :confirm qa */
|
|
|
1170 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"confirm qa");
|
|
|
1171
|
|
1107
|
1172 return error;
|
|
7
|
1173 }
|
|
|
1174
|
|
|
1175 /*
|
|
|
1176 *
|
|
|
1177 */
|
|
|
1178
|
|
9
|
1179 pascal OSErr
|
|
593
|
1180 Handle_aevt_pdoc_AE(
|
|
|
1181 const AppleEvent *theAEvent,
|
|
|
1182 AppleEvent *theReply,
|
|
|
1183 long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1184 {
|
|
|
1185 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1186
|
|
9
|
1187 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
1107
|
1188
|
|
|
1189 return error;
|
|
7
|
1190 }
|
|
|
1191
|
|
|
1192 /*
|
|
|
1193 * Handling of unknown AppleEvent
|
|
|
1194 *
|
|
|
1195 * (Just get rid of all the parms)
|
|
|
1196 */
|
|
9
|
1197 pascal OSErr
|
|
593
|
1198 Handle_unknown_AE(
|
|
|
1199 const AppleEvent *theAEvent,
|
|
|
1200 AppleEvent *theReply,
|
|
|
1201 long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1202 {
|
|
|
1203 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1204
|
|
9
|
1205 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
1107
|
1206
|
|
|
1207 return error;
|
|
7
|
1208 }
|
|
|
1209
|
|
|
1210
|
|
|
1211 /*
|
|
|
1212 * Install the various AppleEvent Handlers
|
|
|
1213 */
|
|
9
|
1214 OSErr
|
|
|
1215 InstallAEHandlers(void)
|
|
7
|
1216 {
|
|
|
1217 OSErr error;
|
|
|
1218
|
|
|
1219 /* install open application handler */
|
|
|
1220 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenApplication,
|
|
593
|
1221 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_oapp_AE), 0, false);
|
|
7
|
1222 if (error)
|
|
|
1223 {
|
|
|
1224 return error;
|
|
|
1225 }
|
|
|
1226
|
|
|
1227 /* install quit application handler */
|
|
|
1228 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEQuitApplication,
|
|
593
|
1229 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_quit_AE), 0, false);
|
|
7
|
1230 if (error)
|
|
|
1231 {
|
|
|
1232 return error;
|
|
|
1233 }
|
|
|
1234
|
|
|
1235 /* install open document handler */
|
|
|
1236 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenDocuments,
|
|
593
|
1237 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(HandleODocAE), 0, false);
|
|
7
|
1238 if (error)
|
|
|
1239 {
|
|
|
1240 return error;
|
|
|
1241 }
|
|
|
1242
|
|
|
1243 /* install print document handler */
|
|
|
1244 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEPrintDocuments,
|
|
593
|
1245 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_pdoc_AE), 0, false);
|
|
7
|
1246
|
|
|
1247 /* Install Core Suite */
|
|
|
1248 /* error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEClone,
|
|
593
|
1249 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1250
|
|
|
1251 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEClose,
|
|
593
|
1252 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1253
|
|
|
1254 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAECountElements,
|
|
593
|
1255 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1256
|
|
|
1257 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAECreateElement,
|
|
593
|
1258 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1259
|
|
|
1260 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEDelete,
|
|
593
|
1261 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1262
|
|
|
1263 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEDoObjectsExist,
|
|
593
|
1264 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1265
|
|
|
1266 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetData,
|
|
593
|
1267 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), kAEGetData, false);
|
|
7
|
1268
|
|
|
1269 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetDataSize,
|
|
593
|
1270 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), kAEGetDataSize, false);
|
|
7
|
1271
|
|
|
1272 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetClassInfo,
|
|
593
|
1273 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1274
|
|
|
1275 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetEventInfo,
|
|
593
|
1276 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1277
|
|
|
1278 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEMove,
|
|
593
|
1279 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1280
|
|
|
1281 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAESave,
|
|
593
|
1282 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1283
|
|
|
1284 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAESetData,
|
|
593
|
1285 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1286 */
|
|
|
1287
|
|
|
1288 #ifdef FEAT_CW_EDITOR
|
|
|
1289 /*
|
|
|
1290 * Bind codewarrior support handlers
|
|
|
1291 */
|
|
|
1292 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'GTTX',
|
|
593
|
1293 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_GTTX_AE), 0, false);
|
|
7
|
1294 if (error)
|
|
|
1295 {
|
|
|
1296 return error;
|
|
|
1297 }
|
|
|
1298 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'SRCH',
|
|
593
|
1299 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_SRCH_AE), 0, false);
|
|
7
|
1300 if (error)
|
|
|
1301 {
|
|
|
1302 return error;
|
|
|
1303 }
|
|
|
1304 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'MOD ',
|
|
593
|
1305 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_MOD_AE), 0, false);
|
|
7
|
1306 if (error)
|
|
|
1307 {
|
|
|
1308 return error;
|
|
|
1309 }
|
|
|
1310 #endif
|
|
|
1311
|
|
|
1312 return error;
|
|
|
1313
|
|
|
1314 }
|
|
|
1315 #endif /* USE_AEVENT */
|
|
|
1316
|
|
13
|
1317
|
|
|
1318 /*
|
|
|
1319 * Callback function, installed by InstallFontPanelHandler(), below,
|
|
|
1320 * to handle Font Panel events.
|
|
|
1321 */
|
|
|
1322 static OSStatus
|
|
593
|
1323 FontPanelHandler(
|
|
|
1324 EventHandlerCallRef inHandlerCallRef,
|
|
|
1325 EventRef inEvent,
|
|
|
1326 void *inUserData)
|
|
13
|
1327 {
|
|
|
1328 if (GetEventKind(inEvent) == kEventFontPanelClosed)
|
|
|
1329 {
|
|
|
1330 gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible = false;
|
|
|
1331 return noErr;
|
|
|
1332 }
|
|
|
1333
|
|
|
1334 if (GetEventKind(inEvent) == kEventFontSelection)
|
|
|
1335 {
|
|
|
1336 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
1337 FMFontFamily newFamily;
|
|
|
1338 FMFontSize newSize;
|
|
|
1339 FMFontStyle newStyle;
|
|
|
1340
|
|
|
1341 /* Retrieve the font family ID number. */
|
|
|
1342 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontFamily,
|
|
|
1343 /*inDesiredType=*/typeFMFontFamily, /*outActualType=*/NULL,
|
|
|
1344 /*inBufferSize=*/sizeof(FMFontFamily), /*outActualSize=*/NULL,
|
|
|
1345 &newFamily);
|
|
|
1346 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
1347 gFontPanelInfo.family = newFamily;
|
|
|
1348
|
|
|
1349 /* Retrieve the font size. */
|
|
|
1350 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontSize,
|
|
|
1351 typeFMFontSize, NULL, sizeof(FMFontSize), NULL, &newSize);
|
|
|
1352 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
1353 gFontPanelInfo.size = newSize;
|
|
|
1354
|
|
|
1355 /* Retrieve the font style (bold, etc.). Currently unused. */
|
|
|
1356 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontStyle,
|
|
|
1357 typeFMFontStyle, NULL, sizeof(FMFontStyle), NULL, &newStyle);
|
|
|
1358 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
1359 gFontPanelInfo.style = newStyle;
|
|
|
1360 }
|
|
|
1361 return noErr;
|
|
|
1362 }
|
|
|
1363
|
|
|
1364
|
|
|
1365 static void
|
|
593
|
1366 InstallFontPanelHandler(void)
|
|
13
|
1367 {
|
|
|
1368 EventTypeSpec eventTypes[2];
|
|
|
1369 EventHandlerUPP handlerUPP;
|
|
|
1370 /* EventHandlerRef handlerRef; */
|
|
|
1371
|
|
|
1372 eventTypes[0].eventClass = kEventClassFont;
|
|
|
1373 eventTypes[0].eventKind = kEventFontSelection;
|
|
|
1374 eventTypes[1].eventClass = kEventClassFont;
|
|
|
1375 eventTypes[1].eventKind = kEventFontPanelClosed;
|
|
|
1376
|
|
|
1377 handlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(FontPanelHandler);
|
|
|
1378
|
|
|
1379 InstallApplicationEventHandler(handlerUPP, /*numTypes=*/2, eventTypes,
|
|
|
1380 /*userData=*/NULL, /*handlerRef=*/NULL);
|
|
|
1381 }
|
|
|
1382
|
|
|
1383
|
|
|
1384 /*
|
|
|
1385 * Fill the buffer pointed to by outName with the name and size
|
|
|
1386 * of the font currently selected in the Font Panel.
|
|
|
1387 */
|
|
168
|
1388 #define FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE 32
|
|
13
|
1389 static void
|
|
501
|
1390 GetFontPanelSelection(char_u *outName)
|
|
13
|
1391 {
|
|
168
|
1392 Str255 buf;
|
|
|
1393 ByteCount fontNameLen = 0;
|
|
|
1394 ATSUFontID fid;
|
|
|
1395 char_u styleString[FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE];
|
|
13
|
1396
|
|
|
1397 if (!outName)
|
|
|
1398 return;
|
|
|
1399
|
|
168
|
1400 if (FMGetFontFamilyName(gFontPanelInfo.family, buf) == noErr)
|
|
|
1401 {
|
|
|
1402 /* Canonicalize localized font names */
|
|
|
1403 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(gFontPanelInfo.family,
|
|
|
1404 gFontPanelInfo.style, &fid, NULL) != noErr)
|
|
|
1405 return;
|
|
|
1406
|
|
|
1407 /* Request font name with Mac encoding (otherwise we could
|
|
|
1408 * get an unwanted utf-16 name) */
|
|
|
1409 if (ATSUFindFontName(fid, kFontFullName, kFontMacintoshPlatform,
|
|
|
1410 kFontNoScriptCode, kFontNoLanguageCode,
|
|
501
|
1411 255, (char *)outName, &fontNameLen, NULL) != noErr)
|
|
168
|
1412 return;
|
|
|
1413
|
|
|
1414 /* Only encode font size, because style (bold, italic, etc) is
|
|
|
1415 * already part of the font full name */
|
|
501
|
1416 vim_snprintf((char *)styleString, FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE, ":h%d",
|
|
168
|
1417 gFontPanelInfo.size/*,
|
|
|
1418 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & bold)!=0 ? ":b" : ""),
|
|
|
1419 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & italic)!=0 ? ":i" : ""),
|
|
|
1420 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & underline)!=0 ? ":u" : "")*/);
|
|
|
1421
|
|
|
1422 if ((fontNameLen + STRLEN(styleString)) < 255)
|
|
|
1423 STRCPY(outName + fontNameLen, styleString);
|
|
|
1424 }
|
|
|
1425 else
|
|
|
1426 {
|
|
501
|
1427 *outName = NUL;
|
|
168
|
1428 }
|
|
13
|
1429 }
|
|
|
1430
|
|
|
1431
|
|
7
|
1432 /*
|
|
|
1433 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1434 * Unfiled yet
|
|
|
1435 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1436 */
|
|
|
1437
|
|
|
1438 /*
|
|
|
1439 * gui_mac_get_menu_item_index
|
|
|
1440 *
|
|
|
1441 * Returns the index inside the menu wher
|
|
|
1442 */
|
|
|
1443 short /* Shoulde we return MenuItemIndex? */
|
|
593
|
1444 gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(vimmenu_T *pMenu)
|
|
7
|
1445 {
|
|
|
1446 short index;
|
|
|
1447 short itemIndex = -1;
|
|
|
1448 vimmenu_T *pBrother;
|
|
|
1449
|
|
|
1450 /* Only menu without parent are the:
|
|
|
1451 * -menu in the menubar
|
|
|
1452 * -popup menu
|
|
|
1453 * -toolbar (guess)
|
|
|
1454 *
|
|
|
1455 * Which are not items anyway.
|
|
|
1456 */
|
|
|
1457 if (pMenu->parent)
|
|
|
1458 {
|
|
|
1459 /* Start from the Oldest Brother */
|
|
|
1460 pBrother = pMenu->parent->children;
|
|
|
1461 index = 1;
|
|
|
1462 while ((pBrother) && (itemIndex == -1))
|
|
|
1463 {
|
|
|
1464 if (pBrother == pMenu)
|
|
|
1465 itemIndex = index;
|
|
|
1466 index++;
|
|
|
1467 pBrother = pBrother->next;
|
|
|
1468 }
|
|
|
1469 }
|
|
|
1470 return itemIndex;
|
|
|
1471 }
|
|
|
1472
|
|
|
1473 static vimmenu_T *
|
|
593
|
1474 gui_mac_get_vim_menu(short menuID, short itemIndex, vimmenu_T *pMenu)
|
|
7
|
1475 {
|
|
|
1476 short index;
|
|
|
1477 vimmenu_T *pChildMenu;
|
|
|
1478 vimmenu_T *pElder = pMenu->parent;
|
|
|
1479
|
|
|
1480
|
|
|
1481 /* Only menu without parent are the:
|
|
|
1482 * -menu in the menubar
|
|
|
1483 * -popup menu
|
|
|
1484 * -toolbar (guess)
|
|
|
1485 *
|
|
|
1486 * Which are not items anyway.
|
|
|
1487 */
|
|
|
1488
|
|
|
1489 if ((pElder) && (pElder->submenu_id == menuID))
|
|
|
1490 {
|
|
|
1491 for (index = 1; (index != itemIndex) && (pMenu != NULL); index++)
|
|
|
1492 pMenu = pMenu->next;
|
|
|
1493 }
|
|
|
1494 else
|
|
|
1495 {
|
|
|
1496 for (; pMenu != NULL; pMenu = pMenu->next)
|
|
|
1497 {
|
|
|
1498 if (pMenu->children != NULL)
|
|
|
1499 {
|
|
|
1500 pChildMenu = gui_mac_get_vim_menu
|
|
|
1501 (menuID, itemIndex, pMenu->children);
|
|
|
1502 if (pChildMenu)
|
|
|
1503 {
|
|
|
1504 pMenu = pChildMenu;
|
|
|
1505 break;
|
|
|
1506 }
|
|
|
1507 }
|
|
|
1508 }
|
|
|
1509 }
|
|
|
1510 return pMenu;
|
|
|
1511 }
|
|
|
1512
|
|
|
1513 /*
|
|
|
1514 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1515 * MacOS Feedback procedures
|
|
|
1516 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1517 */
|
|
|
1518 pascal
|
|
|
1519 void
|
|
9
|
1520 gui_mac_drag_thumb(ControlHandle theControl, short partCode)
|
|
7
|
1521 {
|
|
|
1522 scrollbar_T *sb;
|
|
|
1523 int value, dragging;
|
|
|
1524 ControlHandle theControlToUse;
|
|
|
1525 int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll;
|
|
|
1526
|
|
|
1527 theControlToUse = dragged_sb;
|
|
|
1528
|
|
9
|
1529 sb = gui_find_scrollbar((long) GetControlReference(theControlToUse));
|
|
7
|
1530
|
|
|
1531 if (sb == NULL)
|
|
|
1532 return;
|
|
|
1533
|
|
|
1534 /* Need to find value by diff between Old Poss New Pos */
|
|
9
|
1535 value = GetControl32BitValue(theControlToUse);
|
|
7
|
1536 dragging = (partCode != 0);
|
|
|
1537
|
|
|
1538 /* When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new
|
|
|
1539 * position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". */
|
|
|
1540 dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar;
|
|
|
1541 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, dragging);
|
|
|
1542 dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save;
|
|
|
1543 }
|
|
|
1544
|
|
|
1545 pascal
|
|
|
1546 void
|
|
9
|
1547 gui_mac_scroll_action(ControlHandle theControl, short partCode)
|
|
7
|
1548 {
|
|
|
1549 /* TODO: have live support */
|
|
|
1550 scrollbar_T *sb, *sb_info;
|
|
|
1551 long data;
|
|
|
1552 long value;
|
|
|
1553 int page;
|
|
|
1554 int dragging = FALSE;
|
|
|
1555 int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll;
|
|
|
1556
|
|
9
|
1557 sb = gui_find_scrollbar((long)GetControlReference(theControl));
|
|
7
|
1558
|
|
|
1559 if (sb == NULL)
|
|
|
1560 return;
|
|
|
1561
|
|
|
1562 if (sb->wp != NULL) /* Left or right scrollbar */
|
|
|
1563 {
|
|
|
1564 /*
|
|
|
1565 * Careful: need to get scrollbar info out of first (left) scrollbar
|
|
|
1566 * for window, but keep real scrollbar too because we must pass it to
|
|
|
1567 * gui_drag_scrollbar().
|
|
|
1568 */
|
|
|
1569 sb_info = &sb->wp->w_scrollbars[0];
|
|
|
1570
|
|
|
1571 if (sb_info->size > 5)
|
|
|
1572 page = sb_info->size - 2; /* use two lines of context */
|
|
|
1573 else
|
|
|
1574 page = sb_info->size;
|
|
|
1575 }
|
|
|
1576 else /* Bottom scrollbar */
|
|
|
1577 {
|
|
|
1578 sb_info = sb;
|
|
|
1579 page = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 5;
|
|
|
1580 }
|
|
|
1581
|
|
|
1582 switch (partCode)
|
|
|
1583 {
|
|
|
1584 case kControlUpButtonPart: data = -1; break;
|
|
|
1585 case kControlDownButtonPart: data = 1; break;
|
|
|
1586 case kControlPageDownPart: data = page; break;
|
|
|
1587 case kControlPageUpPart: data = -page; break;
|
|
|
1588 default: data = 0; break;
|
|
|
1589 }
|
|
|
1590
|
|
|
1591 value = sb_info->value + data;
|
|
|
1592 /* if (value > sb_info->max)
|
|
|
1593 value = sb_info->max;
|
|
|
1594 else if (value < 0)
|
|
|
1595 value = 0;*/
|
|
|
1596
|
|
|
1597 /* When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new
|
|
|
1598 * position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". */
|
|
|
1599 dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar;
|
|
|
1600 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, dragging);
|
|
|
1601 dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save;
|
|
|
1602
|
|
|
1603 out_flush();
|
|
|
1604 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, value, sb_info->size, sb_info->max);
|
|
|
1605
|
|
|
1606 /* if (sb_info->wp != NULL)
|
|
|
1607 {
|
|
|
1608 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1609 int sb_num;
|
|
|
1610
|
|
|
1611 sb_num = 0;
|
|
|
1612 for (wp = firstwin; wp != sb->wp && wp != NULL; wp = W_NEXT(wp))
|
|
|
1613 sb_num++;
|
|
|
1614
|
|
|
1615 if (wp != NULL)
|
|
|
1616 {
|
|
|
1617 current_scrollbar = sb_num;
|
|
|
1618 scrollbar_value = value;
|
|
|
1619 gui_do_scroll();
|
|
|
1620 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, value, sb_info->size, sb_info->max);
|
|
|
1621 }
|
|
|
1622 }*/
|
|
|
1623 }
|
|
|
1624
|
|
|
1625 /*
|
|
|
1626 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1627 * MacOS Click Handling procedures
|
|
|
1628 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1629 */
|
|
|
1630
|
|
|
1631
|
|
|
1632 /*
|
|
|
1633 * Handle a click inside the window, it may happens in the
|
|
|
1634 * scrollbar or the contents.
|
|
|
1635 *
|
|
|
1636 * TODO: Add support for potential TOOLBAR
|
|
|
1637 */
|
|
|
1638 void
|
|
593
|
1639 gui_mac_doInContentClick(EventRecord *theEvent, WindowPtr whichWindow)
|
|
7
|
1640 {
|
|
|
1641 Point thePoint;
|
|
|
1642 int_u vimModifiers;
|
|
|
1643 short thePortion;
|
|
|
1644 ControlHandle theControl;
|
|
|
1645 int vimMouseButton;
|
|
|
1646 short dblClick;
|
|
|
1647
|
|
|
1648 thePoint = theEvent->where;
|
|
9
|
1649 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint);
|
|
|
1650 SelectWindow(whichWindow);
|
|
|
1651
|
|
|
1652 thePortion = FindControl(thePoint, whichWindow, &theControl);
|
|
7
|
1653
|
|
|
1654 if (theControl != NUL)
|
|
|
1655 {
|
|
|
1656 /* We hit a scollbar */
|
|
|
1657
|
|
|
1658 if (thePortion != kControlIndicatorPart)
|
|
|
1659 {
|
|
|
1660 dragged_sb = theControl;
|
|
|
1661 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, gScrollAction);
|
|
|
1662 dragged_sb = NULL;
|
|
|
1663 }
|
|
|
1664 else
|
|
|
1665 {
|
|
|
1666 dragged_sb = theControl;
|
|
|
1667 #if 1
|
|
|
1668 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, gScrollDrag);
|
|
|
1669 #else
|
|
|
1670 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, NULL);
|
|
|
1671 #endif
|
|
|
1672 /* pass 0 as the part to tell gui_mac_drag_thumb, that the mouse
|
|
|
1673 * button has been released */
|
|
9
|
1674 gui_mac_drag_thumb(theControl, 0); /* Should it be thePortion ? (Dany) */
|
|
7
|
1675 dragged_sb = NULL;
|
|
|
1676 }
|
|
|
1677 }
|
|
|
1678 else
|
|
|
1679 {
|
|
|
1680 /* We are inside the contents */
|
|
|
1681
|
|
|
1682 /* Convert the CTRL, OPTION, SHIFT and CMD key */
|
|
|
1683 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(theEvent->modifiers);
|
|
|
1684
|
|
|
1685 /* Defaults to MOUSE_LEFT as there's only one mouse button */
|
|
|
1686 vimMouseButton = MOUSE_LEFT;
|
|
|
1687
|
|
|
1688 /* Convert the CTRL_MOUSE_LEFT to MOUSE_RIGHT */
|
|
593
|
1689 /* TODO: NEEDED? */
|
|
7
|
1690 clickIsPopup = FALSE;
|
|
|
1691
|
|
1292
|
1692 if (mouse_model_popup() && IsShowContextualMenuClick(theEvent))
|
|
|
1693 {
|
|
|
1694 vimMouseButton = MOUSE_RIGHT;
|
|
|
1695 vimModifiers &= ~MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
1696 clickIsPopup = TRUE;
|
|
|
1697 }
|
|
7
|
1698
|
|
|
1699 /* Is it a double click ? */
|
|
|
1700 dblClick = ((theEvent->when - lastMouseTick) < GetDblTime());
|
|
|
1701
|
|
593
|
1702 /* Send the mouse click to Vim */
|
|
7
|
1703 gui_send_mouse_event(vimMouseButton, thePoint.h,
|
|
|
1704 thePoint.v, dblClick, vimModifiers);
|
|
|
1705
|
|
|
1706 /* Create the rectangle around the cursor to detect
|
|
|
1707 * the mouse dragging
|
|
|
1708 */
|
|
|
1709 #if 0
|
|
|
1710 /* TODO: Do we need to this even for the contextual menu?
|
|
|
1711 * It may be require for popup_setpos, but for popup?
|
|
|
1712 */
|
|
|
1713 if (vimMouseButton == MOUSE_LEFT)
|
|
|
1714 #endif
|
|
|
1715 {
|
|
9
|
1716 SetRect(&dragRect, FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)),
|
|
7
|
1717 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)),
|
|
|
1718 FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)+1),
|
|
|
1719 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)+1));
|
|
|
1720
|
|
|
1721 dragRectEnbl = TRUE;
|
|
|
1722 dragRectControl = kCreateRect;
|
|
|
1723 }
|
|
|
1724 }
|
|
|
1725 }
|
|
|
1726
|
|
|
1727 /*
|
|
|
1728 * Handle the click in the titlebar (to move the window)
|
|
|
1729 */
|
|
|
1730 void
|
|
593
|
1731 gui_mac_doInDragClick(Point where, WindowPtr whichWindow)
|
|
7
|
1732 {
|
|
|
1733 Rect movingLimits;
|
|
|
1734 Rect *movingLimitsPtr = &movingLimits;
|
|
|
1735
|
|
|
1736 /* TODO: may try to prevent move outside screen? */
|
|
9
|
1737 movingLimitsPtr = GetRegionBounds(GetGrayRgn(), &movingLimits);
|
|
|
1738 DragWindow(whichWindow, where, movingLimitsPtr);
|
|
7
|
1739 }
|
|
|
1740
|
|
|
1741 /*
|
|
|
1742 * Handle the click in the grow box
|
|
|
1743 */
|
|
|
1744 void
|
|
593
|
1745 gui_mac_doInGrowClick(Point where, WindowPtr whichWindow)
|
|
7
|
1746 {
|
|
|
1747
|
|
|
1748 long newSize;
|
|
|
1749 unsigned short newWidth;
|
|
|
1750 unsigned short newHeight;
|
|
|
1751 Rect resizeLimits;
|
|
|
1752 Rect *resizeLimitsPtr = &resizeLimits;
|
|
|
1753 Rect NewContentRect;
|
|
|
1754
|
|
9
|
1755 resizeLimitsPtr = GetRegionBounds(GetGrayRgn(), &resizeLimits);
|
|
7
|
1756
|
|
1212
|
1757 /* Set the minimum size */
|
|
7
|
1758 /* TODO: Should this come from Vim? */
|
|
|
1759 resizeLimits.top = 100;
|
|
|
1760 resizeLimits.left = 100;
|
|
|
1761
|
|
|
1762 newSize = ResizeWindow(whichWindow, where, &resizeLimits, &NewContentRect);
|
|
|
1763 newWidth = NewContentRect.right - NewContentRect.left;
|
|
|
1764 newHeight = NewContentRect.bottom - NewContentRect.top;
|
|
|
1765 gui_resize_shell(newWidth, newHeight);
|
|
|
1766 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
812
|
1767 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE, RESIZE_BOTH);
|
|
7
|
1768 }
|
|
|
1769
|
|
|
1770 /*
|
|
|
1771 * Handle the click in the zoom box
|
|
|
1772 */
|
|
|
1773 static void
|
|
593
|
1774 gui_mac_doInZoomClick(EventRecord *theEvent, WindowPtr whichWindow)
|
|
7
|
1775 {
|
|
|
1776 Rect r;
|
|
|
1777 Point p;
|
|
|
1778 short thePart;
|
|
|
1779
|
|
|
1780 /* ideal width is current */
|
|
|
1781 p.h = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
1782 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
1783 p.h += gui.scrollbar_width;
|
|
|
1784 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT])
|
|
|
1785 p.h += gui.scrollbar_width;
|
|
|
1786 /* ideal height is as heigh as we can get */
|
|
|
1787 p.v = 15 * 1024;
|
|
|
1788
|
|
|
1789 thePart = IsWindowInStandardState(whichWindow, &p, &r)
|
|
|
1790 ? inZoomIn : inZoomOut;
|
|
|
1791
|
|
|
1792 if (!TrackBox(whichWindow, theEvent->where, thePart))
|
|
|
1793 return;
|
|
|
1794
|
|
|
1795 /* use returned width */
|
|
|
1796 p.h = r.right - r.left;
|
|
|
1797 /* adjust returned height */
|
|
|
1798 p.v = r.bottom - r.top - 2 * gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
1799 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM])
|
|
|
1800 p.v -= gui.scrollbar_height;
|
|
|
1801 p.v -= p.v % gui.char_height;
|
|
|
1802 p.v += 2 * gui.border_width;
|
|
|
1803 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM]);
|
|
|
1804 p.v += gui.scrollbar_height;
|
|
|
1805
|
|
|
1806 ZoomWindowIdeal(whichWindow, thePart, &p);
|
|
|
1807
|
|
|
1808 GetWindowBounds(whichWindow, kWindowContentRgn, &r);
|
|
|
1809 gui_resize_shell(r.right - r.left, r.bottom - r.top);
|
|
|
1810 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
812
|
1811 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE, RESIZE_BOTH);
|
|
7
|
1812 }
|
|
|
1813
|
|
|
1814 /*
|
|
|
1815 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1816 * MacOS Event Handling procedure
|
|
|
1817 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1818 */
|
|
|
1819
|
|
|
1820 /*
|
|
|
1821 * Handle the Update Event
|
|
|
1822 */
|
|
|
1823
|
|
|
1824 void
|
|
593
|
1825 gui_mac_doUpdateEvent(EventRecord *event)
|
|
7
|
1826 {
|
|
|
1827 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
1828 GrafPtr savePort;
|
|
|
1829 RgnHandle updateRgn;
|
|
|
1830 Rect updateRect;
|
|
|
1831 Rect *updateRectPtr;
|
|
|
1832 Rect rc;
|
|
|
1833 Rect growRect;
|
|
|
1834 RgnHandle saveRgn;
|
|
|
1835
|
|
|
1836
|
|
|
1837 updateRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
1838 if (updateRgn == NULL)
|
|
|
1839 return;
|
|
|
1840
|
|
|
1841 /* This could be done by the caller as we
|
|
|
1842 * don't require anything else out of the event
|
|
|
1843 */
|
|
|
1844 whichWindow = (WindowPtr) event->message;
|
|
|
1845
|
|
|
1846 /* Save Current Port */
|
|
9
|
1847 GetPort(&savePort);
|
|
7
|
1848
|
|
|
1849 /* Select the Window's Port */
|
|
9
|
1850 SetPortWindowPort(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
1851
|
|
|
1852 /* Let's update the window */
|
|
9
|
1853 BeginUpdate(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
1854 /* Redraw the biggest rectangle covering the area
|
|
|
1855 * to be updated.
|
|
|
1856 */
|
|
|
1857 GetPortVisibleRegion(GetWindowPort(whichWindow), updateRgn);
|
|
|
1858 # if 0
|
|
1212
|
1859 /* Would be more appropriate to use the following but doesn't
|
|
7
|
1860 * seem to work under MacOS X (Dany)
|
|
|
1861 */
|
|
|
1862 GetWindowRegion(whichWindow, kWindowUpdateRgn, updateRgn);
|
|
|
1863 # endif
|
|
593
|
1864
|
|
7
|
1865 /* Use the HLock useless in Carbon? Is it harmful?*/
|
|
9
|
1866 HLock((Handle) updateRgn);
|
|
593
|
1867
|
|
9
|
1868 updateRectPtr = GetRegionBounds(updateRgn, &updateRect);
|
|
7
|
1869 # if 0
|
|
|
1870 /* Code from original Carbon Port (using GetWindowRegion.
|
|
|
1871 * I believe the UpdateRgn is already in local (Dany)
|
|
|
1872 */
|
|
|
1873 GlobalToLocal(&topLeft(updateRect)); /* preCarbon? */
|
|
|
1874 GlobalToLocal(&botRight(updateRect));
|
|
|
1875 # endif
|
|
|
1876 /* Update the content (i.e. the text) */
|
|
|
1877 gui_redraw(updateRectPtr->left, updateRectPtr->top,
|
|
|
1878 updateRectPtr->right - updateRectPtr->left,
|
|
|
1879 updateRectPtr->bottom - updateRectPtr->top);
|
|
|
1880 /* Clear the border areas if needed */
|
|
|
1881 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
1882 if (updateRectPtr->left < FILL_X(0))
|
|
|
1883 {
|
|
9
|
1884 SetRect(&rc, 0, 0, FILL_X(0), FILL_Y(Rows));
|
|
|
1885 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
1886 }
|
|
|
1887 if (updateRectPtr->top < FILL_Y(0))
|
|
|
1888 {
|
|
9
|
1889 SetRect(&rc, 0, 0, FILL_X(Columns), FILL_Y(0));
|
|
|
1890 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
1891 }
|
|
|
1892 if (updateRectPtr->right > FILL_X(Columns))
|
|
|
1893 {
|
|
9
|
1894 SetRect(&rc, FILL_X(Columns), 0,
|
|
7
|
1895 FILL_X(Columns) + gui.border_offset, FILL_Y(Rows));
|
|
9
|
1896 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
1897 }
|
|
|
1898 if (updateRectPtr->bottom > FILL_Y(Rows))
|
|
|
1899 {
|
|
9
|
1900 SetRect(&rc, 0, FILL_Y(Rows), FILL_X(Columns) + gui.border_offset,
|
|
7
|
1901 FILL_Y(Rows) + gui.border_offset);
|
|
9
|
1902 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
1903 }
|
|
9
|
1904 HUnlock((Handle) updateRgn);
|
|
|
1905 DisposeRgn(updateRgn);
|
|
7
|
1906
|
|
|
1907 /* Update scrollbars */
|
|
9
|
1908 DrawControls(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
1909
|
|
|
1910 /* Update the GrowBox */
|
|
|
1911 /* Taken from FAQ 33-27 */
|
|
|
1912 saveRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
1913 GetWindowBounds(whichWindow, kWindowGrowRgn, &growRect);
|
|
9
|
1914 GetClip(saveRgn);
|
|
|
1915 ClipRect(&growRect);
|
|
|
1916 DrawGrowIcon(whichWindow);
|
|
|
1917 SetClip(saveRgn);
|
|
|
1918 DisposeRgn(saveRgn);
|
|
|
1919 EndUpdate(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
1920
|
|
|
1921 /* Restore original Port */
|
|
9
|
1922 SetPort(savePort);
|
|
7
|
1923 }
|
|
|
1924
|
|
|
1925 /*
|
|
|
1926 * Handle the activate/deactivate event
|
|
|
1927 * (apply to a window)
|
|
|
1928 */
|
|
|
1929 void
|
|
593
|
1930 gui_mac_doActivateEvent(EventRecord *event)
|
|
7
|
1931 {
|
|
|
1932 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
1933
|
|
|
1934 whichWindow = (WindowPtr) event->message;
|
|
1292
|
1935 /* Dim scrollbars */
|
|
|
1936 if (whichWindow == gui.VimWindow)
|
|
7
|
1937 {
|
|
1292
|
1938 ControlRef rootControl;
|
|
|
1939 GetRootControl(gui.VimWindow, &rootControl);
|
|
|
1940 if ((event->modifiers) & activeFlag)
|
|
|
1941 ActivateControl(rootControl);
|
|
|
1942 else
|
|
|
1943 DeactivateControl(rootControl);
|
|
7
|
1944 }
|
|
1292
|
1945
|
|
|
1946 /* Activate */
|
|
|
1947 gui_focus_change((event->modifiers) & activeFlag);
|
|
7
|
1948 }
|
|
|
1949
|
|
|
1950
|
|
|
1951 /*
|
|
|
1952 * Handle the suspend/resume event
|
|
|
1953 * (apply to the application)
|
|
|
1954 */
|
|
|
1955 void
|
|
593
|
1956 gui_mac_doSuspendEvent(EventRecord *event)
|
|
7
|
1957 {
|
|
|
1958 /* The frontmost application just changed */
|
|
|
1959
|
|
|
1960 /* NOTE: the suspend may happen before the deactivate
|
|
|
1961 * seen on MacOS X
|
|
|
1962 */
|
|
|
1963
|
|
|
1964 /* May not need to change focus as the window will
|
|
1212
|
1965 * get an activate/deactivate event
|
|
7
|
1966 */
|
|
|
1967 if (event->message & 1)
|
|
|
1968 /* Resume */
|
|
|
1969 gui_focus_change(TRUE);
|
|
|
1970 else
|
|
|
1971 /* Suspend */
|
|
|
1972 gui_focus_change(FALSE);
|
|
|
1973 }
|
|
|
1974
|
|
|
1975 /*
|
|
|
1976 * Handle the key
|
|
|
1977 */
|
|
168
|
1978 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
857
|
1979
|
|
|
1980 static int dialog_busy = FALSE; /* TRUE when gui_mch_dialog() wants the keys */
|
|
|
1981
|
|
168
|
1982 # define INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE 80
|
|
|
1983 static pascal OSStatus
|
|
593
|
1984 gui_mac_doKeyEventCarbon(
|
|
|
1985 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler,
|
|
|
1986 EventRef theEvent,
|
|
168
|
1987 void *data)
|
|
|
1988 {
|
|
|
1989 /* Multibyte-friendly key event handler */
|
|
1012
|
1990 OSStatus err = -1;
|
|
168
|
1991 UInt32 actualSize;
|
|
|
1992 UniChar *text;
|
|
|
1993 char_u result[INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE];
|
|
|
1994 short len = 0;
|
|
|
1995 UInt32 key_sym;
|
|
|
1996 char charcode;
|
|
|
1997 int key_char;
|
|
1012
|
1998 UInt32 modifiers, vimModifiers;
|
|
168
|
1999 size_t encLen;
|
|
|
2000 char_u *to = NULL;
|
|
|
2001 Boolean isSpecial = FALSE;
|
|
|
2002 int i;
|
|
1012
|
2003 EventRef keyEvent;
|
|
168
|
2004
|
|
|
2005 /* Mask the mouse (as per user setting) */
|
|
|
2006 if (p_mh)
|
|
|
2007 ObscureCursor();
|
|
|
2008
|
|
1012
|
2009 /* Don't use the keys when the dialog wants them. */
|
|
|
2010 if (dialog_busy)
|
|
|
2011 return eventNotHandledErr;
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendText,
|
|
|
2014 typeUnicodeText, NULL, 0, &actualSize, NULL))
|
|
|
2015 return eventNotHandledErr;
|
|
|
2016
|
|
|
2017 text = (UniChar *)alloc(actualSize);
|
|
|
2018 if (!text)
|
|
|
2019 return eventNotHandledErr;
|
|
|
2020
|
|
|
2021 err = GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendText,
|
|
|
2022 typeUnicodeText, NULL, actualSize, NULL, text);
|
|
|
2023 require_noerr(err, done);
|
|
|
2024
|
|
|
2025 err = GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendKeyboardEvent,
|
|
|
2026 typeEventRef, NULL, sizeof(EventRef), NULL, &keyEvent);
|
|
|
2027 require_noerr(err, done);
|
|
|
2028
|
|
|
2029 err = GetEventParameter(keyEvent, kEventParamKeyModifiers,
|
|
|
2030 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &modifiers);
|
|
|
2031 require_noerr(err, done);
|
|
|
2032
|
|
|
2033 err = GetEventParameter(keyEvent, kEventParamKeyCode,
|
|
|
2034 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &key_sym);
|
|
|
2035 require_noerr(err, done);
|
|
|
2036
|
|
|
2037 err = GetEventParameter(keyEvent, kEventParamKeyMacCharCodes,
|
|
|
2038 typeChar, NULL, sizeof(char), NULL, &charcode);
|
|
|
2039 require_noerr(err, done);
|
|
|
2040
|
|
168
|
2041 #ifndef USE_CMD_KEY
|
|
1012
|
2042 if (modifiers & cmdKey)
|
|
|
2043 goto done; /* Let system handle Cmd+... */
|
|
168
|
2044 #endif
|
|
1012
|
2045
|
|
|
2046 key_char = charcode;
|
|
|
2047 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimModifiers(modifiers);
|
|
|
2048
|
|
|
2049 /* Find the special key (eg., for cursor keys) */
|
|
|
2050 if (actualSize <= sizeof(UniChar) &&
|
|
|
2051 ((text[0] < 0x20) || (text[0] == 0x7f)))
|
|
|
2052 {
|
|
|
2053 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; ++i)
|
|
|
2054 if (special_keys[i].key_sym == key_sym)
|
|
|
2055 {
|
|
|
2056 key_char = TO_SPECIAL(special_keys[i].vim_code0,
|
|
|
2057 special_keys[i].vim_code1);
|
|
|
2058 key_char = simplify_key(key_char,
|
|
|
2059 (int *)&vimModifiers);
|
|
|
2060 isSpecial = TRUE;
|
|
|
2061 break;
|
|
|
2062 }
|
|
168
|
2063 }
|
|
1012
|
2064
|
|
|
2065 /* Intercept CMD-. and CTRL-c */
|
|
|
2066 if (((modifiers & controlKey) && key_char == 'c') ||
|
|
|
2067 ((modifiers & cmdKey) && key_char == '.'))
|
|
|
2068 got_int = TRUE;
|
|
|
2069
|
|
|
2070 if (!isSpecial)
|
|
|
2071 {
|
|
|
2072 /* remove SHIFT for keys that are already shifted, e.g.,
|
|
|
2073 * '(' and '*' */
|
|
|
2074 if (key_char < 0x100 && !isalpha(key_char) && isprint(key_char))
|
|
|
2075 vimModifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2076
|
|
|
2077 /* remove CTRL from keys that already have it */
|
|
|
2078 if (key_char < 0x20)
|
|
|
2079 vimModifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
|
2080
|
|
|
2081 /* don't process unicode characters here */
|
|
|
2082 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key_char))
|
|
|
2083 {
|
|
|
2084 /* Following code to simplify and consolidate vimModifiers
|
|
|
2085 * taken liberally from gui_w48.c */
|
|
|
2086 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, (int *)&vimModifiers);
|
|
|
2087
|
|
|
2088 /* Interpret META, include SHIFT, etc. */
|
|
|
2089 key_char = extract_modifiers(key_char, (int *)&vimModifiers);
|
|
|
2090 if (key_char == CSI)
|
|
|
2091 key_char = K_CSI;
|
|
|
2092
|
|
|
2093 if (IS_SPECIAL(key_char))
|
|
|
2094 isSpecial = TRUE;
|
|
|
2095 }
|
|
|
2096 }
|
|
|
2097
|
|
|
2098 if (vimModifiers)
|
|
|
2099 {
|
|
|
2100 result[len++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2101 result[len++] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
2102 result[len++] = vimModifiers;
|
|
|
2103 }
|
|
|
2104
|
|
|
2105 if (isSpecial && IS_SPECIAL(key_char))
|
|
|
2106 {
|
|
|
2107 result[len++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2108 result[len++] = K_SECOND(key_char);
|
|
|
2109 result[len++] = K_THIRD(key_char);
|
|
|
2110 }
|
|
|
2111 else
|
|
|
2112 {
|
|
|
2113 encLen = actualSize;
|
|
|
2114 to = mac_utf16_to_enc(text, actualSize, &encLen);
|
|
|
2115 if (to)
|
|
|
2116 {
|
|
|
2117 /* This is basically add_to_input_buf_csi() */
|
|
|
2118 for (i = 0; i < encLen && len < (INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE-1); ++i)
|
|
|
2119 {
|
|
|
2120 result[len++] = to[i];
|
|
|
2121 if (to[i] == CSI)
|
|
|
2122 {
|
|
|
2123 result[len++] = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
2124 result[len++] = (int)KE_CSI;
|
|
|
2125 }
|
|
|
2126 }
|
|
|
2127 vim_free(to);
|
|
|
2128 }
|
|
|
2129 }
|
|
|
2130
|
|
|
2131 add_to_input_buf(result, len);
|
|
|
2132 err = noErr;
|
|
|
2133
|
|
|
2134 done:
|
|
|
2135 vim_free(text);
|
|
|
2136 if (err == noErr)
|
|
|
2137 {
|
|
|
2138 /* Fake event to wake up WNE (required to get
|
|
|
2139 * key repeat working */
|
|
|
2140 PostEvent(keyUp, 0);
|
|
|
2141 return noErr;
|
|
|
2142 }
|
|
|
2143
|
|
|
2144 return eventNotHandledErr;
|
|
168
|
2145 }
|
|
|
2146 #else
|
|
7
|
2147 void
|
|
|
2148 gui_mac_doKeyEvent(EventRecord *theEvent)
|
|
|
2149 {
|
|
|
2150 /* TODO: add support for COMMAND KEY */
|
|
|
2151 long menu;
|
|
|
2152 unsigned char string[20];
|
|
|
2153 short num, i;
|
|
|
2154 short len = 0;
|
|
|
2155 KeySym key_sym;
|
|
|
2156 int key_char;
|
|
|
2157 int modifiers;
|
|
26
|
2158 int simplify = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
2159
|
|
|
2160 /* Mask the mouse (as per user setting) */
|
|
|
2161 if (p_mh)
|
|
|
2162 ObscureCursor();
|
|
|
2163
|
|
|
2164 /* Get the key code and it's ASCII representation */
|
|
|
2165 key_sym = ((theEvent->message & keyCodeMask) >> 8);
|
|
|
2166 key_char = theEvent->message & charCodeMask;
|
|
|
2167 num = 1;
|
|
|
2168
|
|
|
2169 /* Intercept CTRL-C */
|
|
|
2170 if (theEvent->modifiers & controlKey)
|
|
9
|
2171 {
|
|
7
|
2172 if (key_char == Ctrl_C && ctrl_c_interrupts)
|
|
|
2173 got_int = TRUE;
|
|
9
|
2174 else if ((theEvent->modifiers & ~(controlKey|shiftKey)) == 0
|
|
|
2175 && (key_char == '2' || key_char == '6'))
|
|
|
2176 {
|
|
|
2177 /* CTRL-^ and CTRL-@ don't work in the normal way. */
|
|
|
2178 if (key_char == '2')
|
|
|
2179 key_char = Ctrl_AT;
|
|
|
2180 else
|
|
|
2181 key_char = Ctrl_HAT;
|
|
|
2182 theEvent->modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
2183 }
|
|
|
2184 }
|
|
7
|
2185
|
|
|
2186 /* Intercept CMD-. */
|
|
|
2187 if (theEvent->modifiers & cmdKey)
|
|
|
2188 if (key_char == '.')
|
|
|
2189 got_int = TRUE;
|
|
|
2190
|
|
|
2191 /* Handle command key as per menu */
|
|
|
2192 /* TODO: should override be allowed? Require YAO or could use 'winaltkey' */
|
|
|
2193 if (theEvent->modifiers & cmdKey)
|
|
|
2194 /* Only accept CMD alone or with CAPLOCKS and the mouse button.
|
|
|
2195 * Why the mouse button? */
|
|
|
2196 if ((theEvent->modifiers & (~(cmdKey | btnState | alphaLock))) == 0)
|
|
|
2197 {
|
|
|
2198 menu = MenuKey(key_char);
|
|
|
2199 if (HiWord(menu))
|
|
|
2200 {
|
|
|
2201 gui_mac_handle_menu(menu);
|
|
|
2202 return;
|
|
|
2203 }
|
|
|
2204 }
|
|
|
2205
|
|
|
2206 /* Convert the modifiers */
|
|
|
2207 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimModifiers(theEvent->modifiers);
|
|
|
2208
|
|
|
2209
|
|
|
2210 /* Handle special keys. */
|
|
|
2211 #if 0
|
|
26
|
2212 /* Why has this been removed? */
|
|
7
|
2213 if (!(theEvent->modifiers & (cmdKey | controlKey | rightControlKey)))
|
|
|
2214 #endif
|
|
|
2215 {
|
|
|
2216 /* Find the special key (for non-printable keyt_char) */
|
|
|
2217 if ((key_char < 0x20) || (key_char == 0x7f))
|
|
|
2218 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; i++)
|
|
|
2219 if (special_keys[i].key_sym == key_sym)
|
|
|
2220 {
|
|
|
2221 # if 0
|
|
|
2222 /* We currently don't have not so special key */
|
|
|
2223 if (special_keys[i].vim_code1 == NUL)
|
|
|
2224 key_char = special_keys[i].vim_code0;
|
|
|
2225 else
|
|
|
2226 # endif
|
|
9
|
2227 key_char = TO_SPECIAL(special_keys[i].vim_code0,
|
|
|
2228 special_keys[i].vim_code1);
|
|
26
|
2229 simplify = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
2230 break;
|
|
|
2231 }
|
|
|
2232 }
|
|
|
2233
|
|
26
|
2234 /* For some keys the modifier is included in the char itself. */
|
|
|
2235 if (simplify || key_char == TAB || key_char == ' ')
|
|
|
2236 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, &modifiers);
|
|
7
|
2237
|
|
|
2238 /* Add the modifier to the input bu if needed */
|
|
|
2239 /* Do not want SHIFT-A or CTRL-A with modifier */
|
|
|
2240 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key_char)
|
|
|
2241 && key_sym != vk_Space
|
|
|
2242 && key_sym != vk_Tab
|
|
|
2243 && key_sym != vk_Return
|
|
|
2244 && key_sym != vk_Enter
|
|
|
2245 && key_sym != vk_Esc)
|
|
|
2246 {
|
|
|
2247 #if 1
|
|
|
2248 /* Clear modifiers when only one modifier is set */
|
|
9
|
2249 if ((modifiers == MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
2250 || (modifiers == MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
|
2251 || (modifiers == MOD_MASK_ALT))
|
|
7
|
2252 modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
2253 #else
|
|
9
|
2254 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
7
|
2255 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
9
|
2256 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT)
|
|
7
|
2257 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_ALT;
|
|
9
|
2258 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
7
|
2259 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2260 #endif
|
|
|
2261 }
|
|
9
|
2262 if (modifiers)
|
|
7
|
2263 {
|
|
9
|
2264 string[len++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2265 string[len++] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
2266 string[len++] = modifiers;
|
|
7
|
2267 }
|
|
|
2268
|
|
9
|
2269 if (IS_SPECIAL(key_char))
|
|
7
|
2270 {
|
|
9
|
2271 string[len++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2272 string[len++] = K_SECOND(key_char);
|
|
|
2273 string[len++] = K_THIRD(key_char);
|
|
7
|
2274 }
|
|
|
2275 else
|
|
|
2276 {
|
|
|
2277 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
9
|
2278 /* Convert characters when needed (e.g., from MacRoman to latin1).
|
|
|
2279 * This doesn't work for the NUL byte. */
|
|
|
2280 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE && key_char > 0)
|
|
7
|
2281 {
|
|
|
2282 char_u from[2], *to;
|
|
|
2283 int l;
|
|
|
2284
|
|
|
2285 from[0] = key_char;
|
|
|
2286 from[1] = NUL;
|
|
|
2287 l = 1;
|
|
|
2288 to = string_convert(&input_conv, from, &l);
|
|
|
2289 if (to != NULL)
|
|
|
2290 {
|
|
|
2291 for (i = 0; i < l && len < 19; i++)
|
|
|
2292 {
|
|
|
2293 if (to[i] == CSI)
|
|
|
2294 {
|
|
|
2295 string[len++] = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
2296 string[len++] = KE_CSI;
|
|
|
2297 }
|
|
|
2298 else
|
|
|
2299 string[len++] = to[i];
|
|
|
2300 }
|
|
|
2301 vim_free(to);
|
|
|
2302 }
|
|
|
2303 else
|
|
|
2304 string[len++] = key_char;
|
|
|
2305 }
|
|
|
2306 else
|
|
|
2307 #endif
|
|
|
2308 string[len++] = key_char;
|
|
|
2309 }
|
|
|
2310
|
|
|
2311 if (len == 1 && string[0] == CSI)
|
|
|
2312 {
|
|
|
2313 /* Turn CSI into K_CSI. */
|
|
|
2314 string[ len++ ] = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
2315 string[ len++ ] = KE_CSI;
|
|
|
2316 }
|
|
|
2317
|
|
|
2318 add_to_input_buf(string, len);
|
|
|
2319 }
|
|
168
|
2320 #endif
|
|
7
|
2321
|
|
|
2322 /*
|
|
|
2323 * Handle MouseClick
|
|
|
2324 */
|
|
|
2325 void
|
|
593
|
2326 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(EventRecord *theEvent)
|
|
7
|
2327 {
|
|
|
2328 short thePart;
|
|
|
2329 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
2330
|
|
9
|
2331 thePart = FindWindow(theEvent->where, &whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2332
|
|
1106
|
2333 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
|
|
|
2334 /* prevent that the vim window size changes if it's activated by a
|
|
|
2335 click into the tab pane */
|
|
|
2336 if (whichWindow == drawer)
|
|
|
2337 return;
|
|
|
2338 #endif
|
|
|
2339
|
|
7
|
2340 switch (thePart)
|
|
|
2341 {
|
|
|
2342 case (inDesk):
|
|
|
2343 /* TODO: what to do? */
|
|
|
2344 break;
|
|
|
2345
|
|
|
2346 case (inMenuBar):
|
|
9
|
2347 gui_mac_handle_menu(MenuSelect(theEvent->where));
|
|
7
|
2348 break;
|
|
|
2349
|
|
|
2350 case (inContent):
|
|
9
|
2351 gui_mac_doInContentClick(theEvent, whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2352 break;
|
|
|
2353
|
|
|
2354 case (inDrag):
|
|
9
|
2355 gui_mac_doInDragClick(theEvent->where, whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2356 break;
|
|
|
2357
|
|
|
2358 case (inGrow):
|
|
9
|
2359 gui_mac_doInGrowClick(theEvent->where, whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2360 break;
|
|
|
2361
|
|
|
2362 case (inGoAway):
|
|
|
2363 if (TrackGoAway(whichWindow, theEvent->where))
|
|
|
2364 gui_shell_closed();
|
|
|
2365 break;
|
|
|
2366
|
|
|
2367 case (inZoomIn):
|
|
|
2368 case (inZoomOut):
|
|
|
2369 gui_mac_doInZoomClick(theEvent, whichWindow);
|
|
|
2370 break;
|
|
|
2371 }
|
|
|
2372 }
|
|
|
2373
|
|
|
2374 /*
|
|
|
2375 * Handle MouseMoved
|
|
|
2376 * [this event is a moving in and out of a region]
|
|
|
2377 */
|
|
|
2378 void
|
|
593
|
2379 gui_mac_doMouseMovedEvent(EventRecord *event)
|
|
7
|
2380 {
|
|
|
2381 Point thePoint;
|
|
|
2382 int_u vimModifiers;
|
|
|
2383
|
|
|
2384 thePoint = event->where;
|
|
9
|
2385 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint);
|
|
7
|
2386 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(event->modifiers);
|
|
|
2387
|
|
|
2388 if (!Button())
|
|
9
|
2389 gui_mouse_moved(thePoint.h, thePoint.v);
|
|
7
|
2390 else
|
|
|
2391 if (!clickIsPopup)
|
|
|
2392 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_DRAG, thePoint.h,
|
|
|
2393 thePoint.v, FALSE, vimModifiers);
|
|
|
2394
|
|
|
2395 /* Reset the region from which we move in and out */
|
|
9
|
2396 SetRect(&dragRect, FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)),
|
|
7
|
2397 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)),
|
|
|
2398 FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)+1),
|
|
|
2399 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)+1));
|
|
|
2400
|
|
|
2401 if (dragRectEnbl)
|
|
|
2402 dragRectControl = kCreateRect;
|
|
|
2403
|
|
|
2404 }
|
|
|
2405
|
|
|
2406 /*
|
|
|
2407 * Handle the mouse release
|
|
|
2408 */
|
|
|
2409 void
|
|
593
|
2410 gui_mac_doMouseUpEvent(EventRecord *theEvent)
|
|
7
|
2411 {
|
|
|
2412 Point thePoint;
|
|
|
2413 int_u vimModifiers;
|
|
|
2414
|
|
|
2415 /* TODO: Properly convert the Contextual menu mouse-up */
|
|
|
2416 /* Potential source of the double menu */
|
|
|
2417 lastMouseTick = theEvent->when;
|
|
|
2418 dragRectEnbl = FALSE;
|
|
|
2419 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty;
|
|
|
2420 thePoint = theEvent->where;
|
|
9
|
2421 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint);
|
|
7
|
2422
|
|
|
2423 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(theEvent->modifiers);
|
|
|
2424 if (clickIsPopup)
|
|
|
2425 {
|
|
|
2426 vimModifiers &= ~MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
2427 clickIsPopup = FALSE;
|
|
|
2428 }
|
|
9
|
2429 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_RELEASE, thePoint.h, thePoint.v, FALSE, vimModifiers);
|
|
7
|
2430 }
|
|
|
2431
|
|
|
2432 static pascal OSStatus
|
|
|
2433 gui_mac_mouse_wheel(EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent,
|
|
|
2434 void *data)
|
|
|
2435 {
|
|
|
2436 EventRef bogusEvent;
|
|
|
2437 Point point;
|
|
|
2438 Rect bounds;
|
|
|
2439 UInt32 mod;
|
|
|
2440 SInt32 delta;
|
|
|
2441 int_u vim_mod;
|
|
939
|
2442 EventMouseWheelAxis axis;
|
|
|
2443
|
|
|
2444 if (noErr == GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseWheelAxis,
|
|
|
2445 typeMouseWheelAxis, NULL, sizeof(axis), NULL, &axis)
|
|
|
2446 && axis != kEventMouseWheelAxisY)
|
|
|
2447 goto bail; /* Vim only does up-down scrolling */
|
|
7
|
2448
|
|
|
2449 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseWheelDelta,
|
|
|
2450 typeSInt32, NULL, sizeof(SInt32), NULL, &delta))
|
|
|
2451 goto bail;
|
|
|
2452 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseLocation,
|
|
|
2453 typeQDPoint, NULL, sizeof(Point), NULL, &point))
|
|
|
2454 goto bail;
|
|
|
2455 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamKeyModifiers,
|
|
|
2456 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &mod))
|
|
|
2457 goto bail;
|
|
|
2458
|
|
|
2459 vim_mod = 0;
|
|
|
2460 if (mod & shiftKey)
|
|
|
2461 vim_mod |= MOUSE_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2462 if (mod & controlKey)
|
|
|
2463 vim_mod |= MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
2464 if (mod & optionKey)
|
|
|
2465 vim_mod |= MOUSE_ALT;
|
|
|
2466
|
|
|
2467 /* post a bogus event to wake up WaitNextEvent */
|
|
|
2468 if (noErr != CreateEvent(NULL, kEventClassMouse, kEventMouseMoved, 0,
|
|
|
2469 kEventAttributeNone, &bogusEvent))
|
|
|
2470 goto bail;
|
|
|
2471 if (noErr != PostEventToQueue(GetMainEventQueue(), bogusEvent,
|
|
|
2472 kEventPriorityLow))
|
|
|
2473 goto bail;
|
|
|
2474
|
|
37
|
2475 ReleaseEvent(bogusEvent);
|
|
|
2476
|
|
7
|
2477 if (noErr == GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowContentRgn, &bounds))
|
|
|
2478 {
|
|
|
2479 point.h -= bounds.left;
|
|
|
2480 point.v -= bounds.top;
|
|
|
2481 }
|
|
|
2482
|
|
|
2483 gui_send_mouse_event((delta > 0) ? MOUSE_4 : MOUSE_5,
|
|
|
2484 point.h, point.v, FALSE, vim_mod);
|
|
|
2485
|
|
|
2486 return noErr;
|
|
|
2487
|
|
1107
|
2488 bail:
|
|
7
|
2489 /*
|
|
|
2490 * when we fail give any additional callback handler a chance to perform
|
|
|
2491 * it's actions
|
|
|
2492 */
|
|
|
2493 return CallNextEventHandler(nextHandler, theEvent);
|
|
|
2494 }
|
|
|
2495
|
|
|
2496 #if 0
|
|
|
2497
|
|
|
2498 /*
|
|
|
2499 * This would be the normal way of invoking the contextual menu
|
|
|
2500 * but the Vim API doesn't seem to a support a request to get
|
|
|
2501 * the menu that we should display
|
|
|
2502 */
|
|
|
2503 void
|
|
|
2504 gui_mac_handle_contextual_menu(event)
|
|
|
2505 EventRecord *event;
|
|
|
2506 {
|
|
|
2507 /*
|
|
|
2508 * Clone PopUp to use menu
|
|
|
2509 * Create a object descriptor for the current selection
|
|
|
2510 * Call the procedure
|
|
|
2511 */
|
|
|
2512
|
|
|
2513 // Call to Handle Popup
|
|
|
2514 OSStatus status = ContextualMenuSelect(CntxMenu, event->where, false, kCMHelpItemNoHelp, "", NULL, &CntxType, &CntxMenuID, &CntxMenuItem);
|
|
|
2515
|
|
|
2516 if (status != noErr)
|
|
|
2517 return;
|
|
|
2518
|
|
|
2519 if (CntxType == kCMMenuItemSelected)
|
|
|
2520 {
|
|
|
2521 /* Handle the menu CntxMenuID, CntxMenuItem */
|
|
|
2522 /* The submenu can be handle directly by gui_mac_handle_menu */
|
|
|
2523 /* But what about the current menu, is the meny changed by ContextualMenuSelect */
|
|
9
|
2524 gui_mac_handle_menu((CntxMenuID << 16) + CntxMenuItem);
|
|
7
|
2525 }
|
|
|
2526 else if (CntxMenuID == kCMShowHelpSelected)
|
|
|
2527 {
|
|
|
2528 /* Should come up with the help */
|
|
|
2529 }
|
|
|
2530
|
|
|
2531 }
|
|
|
2532 #endif
|
|
|
2533
|
|
|
2534 /*
|
|
|
2535 * Handle menubar selection
|
|
|
2536 */
|
|
|
2537 void
|
|
593
|
2538 gui_mac_handle_menu(long menuChoice)
|
|
7
|
2539 {
|
|
|
2540 short menu = HiWord(menuChoice);
|
|
|
2541 short item = LoWord(menuChoice);
|
|
|
2542 vimmenu_T *theVimMenu = root_menu;
|
|
|
2543
|
|
|
2544 if (menu == 256) /* TODO: use constant or gui.xyz */
|
|
|
2545 {
|
|
|
2546 if (item == 1)
|
|
|
2547 gui_mch_beep(); /* TODO: Popup dialog or do :intro */
|
|
|
2548 }
|
|
|
2549 else if (item != 0)
|
|
|
2550 {
|
|
|
2551 theVimMenu = gui_mac_get_vim_menu(menu, item, root_menu);
|
|
|
2552
|
|
|
2553 if (theVimMenu)
|
|
|
2554 gui_menu_cb(theVimMenu);
|
|
|
2555 }
|
|
9
|
2556 HiliteMenu(0);
|
|
7
|
2557 }
|
|
|
2558
|
|
|
2559 /*
|
|
|
2560 * Dispatch the event to proper handler
|
|
|
2561 */
|
|
|
2562
|
|
|
2563 void
|
|
593
|
2564 gui_mac_handle_event(EventRecord *event)
|
|
7
|
2565 {
|
|
|
2566 OSErr error;
|
|
|
2567
|
|
|
2568 /* Handle contextual menu right now (if needed) */
|
|
1292
|
2569 if (IsShowContextualMenuClick(event))
|
|
|
2570 {
|
|
7
|
2571 # if 0
|
|
1292
|
2572 gui_mac_handle_contextual_menu(event);
|
|
7
|
2573 # else
|
|
1292
|
2574 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2575 # endif
|
|
1292
|
2576 return;
|
|
|
2577 }
|
|
7
|
2578
|
|
|
2579 /* Handle normal event */
|
|
|
2580 switch (event->what)
|
|
|
2581 {
|
|
168
|
2582 #ifndef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
7
|
2583 case (keyDown):
|
|
|
2584 case (autoKey):
|
|
9
|
2585 gui_mac_doKeyEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2586 break;
|
|
168
|
2587 #endif
|
|
7
|
2588 case (keyUp):
|
|
857
|
2589 /* We don't care about when the key is released */
|
|
7
|
2590 break;
|
|
|
2591
|
|
|
2592 case (mouseDown):
|
|
|
2593 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(event);
|
|
|
2594 break;
|
|
|
2595
|
|
|
2596 case (mouseUp):
|
|
|
2597 gui_mac_doMouseUpEvent(event);
|
|
|
2598 break;
|
|
|
2599
|
|
|
2600 case (updateEvt):
|
|
9
|
2601 gui_mac_doUpdateEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2602 break;
|
|
|
2603
|
|
|
2604 case (diskEvt):
|
|
|
2605 /* We don't need special handling for disk insertion */
|
|
|
2606 break;
|
|
|
2607
|
|
|
2608 case (activateEvt):
|
|
9
|
2609 gui_mac_doActivateEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2610 break;
|
|
|
2611
|
|
|
2612 case (osEvt):
|
|
|
2613 switch ((event->message >> 24) & 0xFF)
|
|
|
2614 {
|
|
|
2615 case (0xFA): /* mouseMovedMessage */
|
|
9
|
2616 gui_mac_doMouseMovedEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2617 break;
|
|
|
2618 case (0x01): /* suspendResumeMessage */
|
|
9
|
2619 gui_mac_doSuspendEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2620 break;
|
|
|
2621 }
|
|
|
2622 break;
|
|
|
2623
|
|
|
2624 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
2625 case (kHighLevelEvent):
|
|
|
2626 /* Someone's talking to us, through AppleEvents */
|
|
|
2627 error = AEProcessAppleEvent(event); /* TODO: Error Handling */
|
|
|
2628 break;
|
|
|
2629 #endif
|
|
|
2630 }
|
|
|
2631 }
|
|
|
2632
|
|
|
2633 /*
|
|
|
2634 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2635 * Unknown Stuff
|
|
|
2636 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2637 */
|
|
|
2638
|
|
|
2639
|
|
|
2640 GuiFont
|
|
593
|
2641 gui_mac_find_font(char_u *font_name)
|
|
7
|
2642 {
|
|
|
2643 char_u c;
|
|
|
2644 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2645 char_u pFontName[256];
|
|
|
2646 Str255 systemFontname;
|
|
|
2647 short font_id;
|
|
|
2648 short size=9;
|
|
|
2649 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
2650 #if 0
|
|
|
2651 char_u *fontNamePtr;
|
|
|
2652 #endif
|
|
|
2653
|
|
|
2654 for (p = font_name; ((*p != 0) && (*p != ':')); p++)
|
|
|
2655 ;
|
|
|
2656
|
|
|
2657 c = *p;
|
|
|
2658 *p = 0;
|
|
|
2659
|
|
|
2660 #if 1
|
|
|
2661 STRCPY(&pFontName[1], font_name);
|
|
|
2662 pFontName[0] = STRLEN(font_name);
|
|
|
2663 *p = c;
|
|
|
2664
|
|
168
|
2665 /* Get the font name, minus the style suffix (:h, etc) */
|
|
|
2666 char_u fontName[256];
|
|
|
2667 char_u *styleStart = vim_strchr(font_name, ':');
|
|
|
2668 size_t fontNameLen = styleStart ? styleStart - font_name : STRLEN(fontName);
|
|
|
2669 vim_strncpy(fontName, font_name, fontNameLen);
|
|
|
2670
|
|
|
2671 ATSUFontID fontRef;
|
|
|
2672 FMFontStyle fontStyle;
|
|
|
2673 font_id = 0;
|
|
|
2674
|
|
|
2675 if (ATSUFindFontFromName(&pFontName[1], pFontName[0], kFontFullName,
|
|
|
2676 kFontMacintoshPlatform, kFontNoScriptCode, kFontNoLanguageCode,
|
|
|
2677 &fontRef) == noErr)
|
|
|
2678 {
|
|
|
2679 if (FMGetFontFamilyInstanceFromFont(fontRef, &font_id, &fontStyle) != noErr)
|
|
|
2680 font_id = 0;
|
|
|
2681 }
|
|
13
|
2682
|
|
|
2683 if (font_id == 0)
|
|
|
2684 {
|
|
|
2685 /*
|
|
|
2686 * Try again, this time replacing underscores in the font name
|
|
|
2687 * with spaces (:set guifont allows the two to be used
|
|
|
2688 * interchangeably; the Font Manager doesn't).
|
|
|
2689 */
|
|
|
2690 int i, changed = FALSE;
|
|
|
2691
|
|
|
2692 for (i = pFontName[0]; i > 0; --i)
|
|
|
2693 {
|
|
|
2694 if (pFontName[i] == '_')
|
|
|
2695 {
|
|
|
2696 pFontName[i] = ' ';
|
|
|
2697 changed = TRUE;
|
|
|
2698 }
|
|
|
2699 }
|
|
|
2700 if (changed)
|
|
168
|
2701 if (ATSUFindFontFromName(&pFontName[1], pFontName[0],
|
|
|
2702 kFontFullName, kFontNoPlatformCode, kFontNoScriptCode,
|
|
|
2703 kFontNoLanguageCode, &fontRef) == noErr)
|
|
|
2704 {
|
|
|
2705 if (FMGetFontFamilyInstanceFromFont(fontRef, &font_id, &fontStyle) != noErr)
|
|
|
2706 font_id = 0;
|
|
|
2707 }
|
|
13
|
2708 }
|
|
|
2709
|
|
7
|
2710 #else
|
|
|
2711 /* name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname); */
|
|
|
2712 fontNamePtr = C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash(font_name);
|
|
|
2713
|
|
9
|
2714 GetFNum(fontNamePtr, &font_id);
|
|
7
|
2715 #endif
|
|
|
2716
|
|
|
2717
|
|
|
2718 if (font_id == 0)
|
|
|
2719 {
|
|
|
2720 /* Oups, the system font was it the one the user want */
|
|
|
2721
|
|
168
|
2722 if (FMGetFontFamilyName(systemFont, systemFontname) != noErr)
|
|
|
2723 return NOFONT;
|
|
7
|
2724 if (!EqualString(pFontName, systemFontname, false, false))
|
|
|
2725 return NOFONT;
|
|
|
2726 }
|
|
|
2727 if (*p == ':')
|
|
|
2728 {
|
|
|
2729 p++;
|
|
|
2730 /* Set the values found after ':' */
|
|
|
2731 while (*p)
|
|
|
2732 {
|
|
|
2733 switch (*p++)
|
|
|
2734 {
|
|
|
2735 case 'h':
|
|
|
2736 size = points_to_pixels(p, &p, TRUE);
|
|
|
2737 break;
|
|
|
2738 /*
|
|
|
2739 * TODO: Maybe accept width and styles
|
|
|
2740 */
|
|
|
2741 }
|
|
|
2742 while (*p == ':')
|
|
|
2743 p++;
|
|
|
2744 }
|
|
|
2745 }
|
|
|
2746
|
|
|
2747 if (size < 1)
|
|
|
2748 size = 1; /* Avoid having a size of 0 with system font */
|
|
|
2749
|
|
|
2750 font = (size << 16) + ((long) font_id & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
2751
|
|
|
2752 return font;
|
|
|
2753 }
|
|
|
2754
|
|
|
2755 /*
|
|
|
2756 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
1212
|
2757 * GUI_MCH functionality
|
|
7
|
2758 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2759 */
|
|
|
2760
|
|
|
2761 /*
|
|
|
2762 * Parse the GUI related command-line arguments. Any arguments used are
|
|
|
2763 * deleted from argv, and *argc is decremented accordingly. This is called
|
|
|
2764 * when vim is started, whether or not the GUI has been started.
|
|
|
2765 */
|
|
|
2766 void
|
|
593
|
2767 gui_mch_prepare(int *argc, char **argv)
|
|
7
|
2768 {
|
|
|
2769 /* TODO: Move most of this stuff toward gui_mch_init */
|
|
|
2770 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
|
2771 FSSpec applDir;
|
|
|
2772 # ifndef USE_FIND_BUNDLE_PATH
|
|
|
2773 short applVRefNum;
|
|
|
2774 long applDirID;
|
|
|
2775 Str255 volName;
|
|
|
2776 # else
|
|
|
2777 ProcessSerialNumber psn;
|
|
|
2778 FSRef applFSRef;
|
|
|
2779 # endif
|
|
|
2780 #endif
|
|
|
2781
|
|
|
2782 #if 0
|
|
|
2783 InitCursor();
|
|
|
2784
|
|
|
2785 RegisterAppearanceClient();
|
|
|
2786
|
|
|
2787 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
2788 (void) InstallAEHandlers();
|
|
|
2789 #endif
|
|
|
2790
|
|
9
|
2791 pomme = NewMenu(256, "\p\024"); /* 0x14= = Apple Menu */
|
|
|
2792
|
|
|
2793 AppendMenu(pomme, "\pAbout VIM");
|
|
|
2794
|
|
|
2795 InsertMenu(pomme, 0);
|
|
7
|
2796
|
|
|
2797 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
2798
|
|
|
2799
|
|
|
2800 #ifndef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW
|
|
9
|
2801 SetRect(&windRect, 10, 48, 10+80*7 + 16, 48+24*11);
|
|
7
|
2802 #else
|
|
9
|
2803 SetRect(&windRect, 300, 40, 300+80*7 + 16, 40+24*11);
|
|
7
|
2804 #endif
|
|
|
2805
|
|
|
2806
|
|
|
2807 CreateNewWindow(kDocumentWindowClass,
|
|
|
2808 kWindowResizableAttribute | kWindowCollapseBoxAttribute,
|
|
9
|
2809 &windRect, &gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
2810 SetPortWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
7
|
2811
|
|
|
2812 gui.char_width = 7;
|
|
|
2813 gui.char_height = 11;
|
|
|
2814 gui.char_ascent = 6;
|
|
|
2815 gui.num_rows = 24;
|
|
|
2816 gui.num_cols = 80;
|
|
|
2817 gui.in_focus = TRUE; /* For the moment -> syn. of front application */
|
|
|
2818
|
|
9
|
2819 gScrollAction = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_scroll_action);
|
|
|
2820 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_drag_thumb);
|
|
7
|
2821
|
|
|
2822 dragRectEnbl = FALSE;
|
|
|
2823 dragRgn = NULL;
|
|
|
2824 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty;
|
|
|
2825 cursorRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
2826 #endif
|
|
|
2827 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
|
2828 # ifndef USE_FIND_BUNDLE_PATH
|
|
9
|
2829 HGetVol(volName, &applVRefNum, &applDirID);
|
|
7
|
2830 /* TN2015: mention a possible bad VRefNum */
|
|
9
|
2831 FSMakeFSSpec(applVRefNum, applDirID, "\p", &applDir);
|
|
7
|
2832 # else
|
|
|
2833 /* OSErr GetApplicationBundleFSSpec(FSSpecPtr theFSSpecPtr)
|
|
|
2834 * of TN2015
|
|
|
2835 * This technic remove the ../Contents/MacOS/etc part
|
|
|
2836 */
|
|
9
|
2837 (void)GetCurrentProcess(&psn);
|
|
7
|
2838 /* if (err != noErr) return err; */
|
|
|
2839
|
|
9
|
2840 (void)GetProcessBundleLocation(&psn, &applFSRef);
|
|
7
|
2841 /* if (err != noErr) return err; */
|
|
|
2842
|
|
9
|
2843 (void)FSGetCatalogInfo(&applFSRef, kFSCatInfoNone, NULL, NULL, &applDir, NULL);
|
|
7
|
2844
|
|
|
2845 /* This technic return NIL when we disallow_gui */
|
|
|
2846 # endif
|
|
9
|
2847 exe_name = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(applDir);
|
|
7
|
2848 #endif
|
|
|
2849 }
|
|
|
2850
|
|
|
2851 #ifndef ALWAYS_USE_GUI
|
|
|
2852 /*
|
|
|
2853 * Check if the GUI can be started. Called before gvimrc is sourced.
|
|
|
2854 * Return OK or FAIL.
|
|
|
2855 */
|
|
|
2856 int
|
|
|
2857 gui_mch_init_check(void)
|
|
|
2858 {
|
|
|
2859 /* TODO: For MacOS X find a way to return FAIL, if the user logged in
|
|
|
2860 * using the >console
|
|
|
2861 */
|
|
|
2862 if (disallow_gui) /* see main.c for reason to disallow */
|
|
|
2863 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2864 return OK;
|
|
|
2865 }
|
|
|
2866 #endif
|
|
|
2867
|
|
|
2868 static OSErr
|
|
1107
|
2869 receiveHandler(WindowRef theWindow, void *handlerRefCon, DragRef theDrag)
|
|
7
|
2870 {
|
|
|
2871 int x, y;
|
|
|
2872 int_u modifiers;
|
|
|
2873 char_u **fnames = NULL;
|
|
|
2874 int count;
|
|
|
2875 int i, j;
|
|
|
2876
|
|
|
2877 /* Get drop position, modifiers and count of items */
|
|
|
2878 {
|
|
|
2879 Point point;
|
|
|
2880 SInt16 mouseUpModifiers;
|
|
|
2881 UInt16 countItem;
|
|
|
2882
|
|
|
2883 GetDragMouse(theDrag, &point, NULL);
|
|
|
2884 GlobalToLocal(&point);
|
|
|
2885 x = point.h;
|
|
|
2886 y = point.v;
|
|
|
2887 GetDragModifiers(theDrag, NULL, NULL, &mouseUpModifiers);
|
|
|
2888 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(mouseUpModifiers);
|
|
|
2889 CountDragItems(theDrag, &countItem);
|
|
|
2890 count = countItem;
|
|
|
2891 }
|
|
|
2892
|
|
|
2893 fnames = (char_u **)alloc(count * sizeof(char_u *));
|
|
|
2894 if (fnames == NULL)
|
|
|
2895 return dragNotAcceptedErr;
|
|
|
2896
|
|
|
2897 /* Get file names dropped */
|
|
|
2898 for (i = j = 0; i < count; ++i)
|
|
|
2899 {
|
|
|
2900 DragItemRef item;
|
|
|
2901 OSErr err;
|
|
|
2902 Size size;
|
|
|
2903 FlavorType type = flavorTypeHFS;
|
|
|
2904 HFSFlavor hfsFlavor;
|
|
|
2905
|
|
|
2906 fnames[i] = NULL;
|
|
|
2907 GetDragItemReferenceNumber(theDrag, i + 1, &item);
|
|
|
2908 err = GetFlavorDataSize(theDrag, item, type, &size);
|
|
|
2909 if (err != noErr || size > sizeof(hfsFlavor))
|
|
|
2910 continue;
|
|
|
2911 err = GetFlavorData(theDrag, item, type, &hfsFlavor, &size, 0);
|
|
|
2912 if (err != noErr)
|
|
|
2913 continue;
|
|
|
2914 fnames[j++] = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(hfsFlavor.fileSpec);
|
|
|
2915 }
|
|
|
2916 count = j;
|
|
|
2917
|
|
|
2918 gui_handle_drop(x, y, modifiers, fnames, count);
|
|
37
|
2919
|
|
|
2920 /* Fake mouse event to wake from stall */
|
|
|
2921 PostEvent(mouseUp, 0);
|
|
|
2922
|
|
7
|
2923 return noErr;
|
|
|
2924 }
|
|
|
2925
|
|
|
2926 /*
|
|
|
2927 * Initialise the GUI. Create all the windows, set up all the call-backs
|
|
|
2928 * etc.
|
|
|
2929 */
|
|
|
2930 int
|
|
593
|
2931 gui_mch_init(void)
|
|
7
|
2932 {
|
|
|
2933 /* TODO: Move most of this stuff toward gui_mch_init */
|
|
|
2934 Rect windRect;
|
|
|
2935 MenuHandle pomme;
|
|
|
2936 EventTypeSpec eventTypeSpec;
|
|
|
2937 EventHandlerRef mouseWheelHandlerRef;
|
|
168
|
2938 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
|
2939 EventHandlerRef keyEventHandlerRef;
|
|
|
2940 #endif
|
|
1292
|
2941 ControlRef rootControl;
|
|
168
|
2942
|
|
|
2943 if (Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersion, &gMacSystemVersion) != noErr)
|
|
593
|
2944 gMacSystemVersion = 0x1000; /* TODO: Default to minimum sensible value */
|
|
168
|
2945
|
|
7
|
2946 #if 1
|
|
|
2947 InitCursor();
|
|
|
2948
|
|
|
2949 RegisterAppearanceClient();
|
|
|
2950
|
|
|
2951 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
2952 (void) InstallAEHandlers();
|
|
|
2953 #endif
|
|
|
2954
|
|
9
|
2955 pomme = NewMenu(256, "\p\024"); /* 0x14= = Apple Menu */
|
|
|
2956
|
|
|
2957 AppendMenu(pomme, "\pAbout VIM");
|
|
|
2958
|
|
|
2959 InsertMenu(pomme, 0);
|
|
7
|
2960
|
|
|
2961 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
2962
|
|
|
2963
|
|
|
2964 #ifndef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW
|
|
9
|
2965 SetRect(&windRect, 10, 48, 10+80*7 + 16, 48+24*11);
|
|
7
|
2966 #else
|
|
9
|
2967 SetRect(&windRect, 300, 40, 300+80*7 + 16, 40+24*11);
|
|
7
|
2968 #endif
|
|
|
2969
|
|
|
2970 gui.VimWindow = NewCWindow(nil, &windRect, "\pgVim on Macintosh", true,
|
|
|
2971 zoomDocProc,
|
|
|
2972 (WindowPtr)-1L, true, 0);
|
|
1292
|
2973 CreateRootControl(gui.VimWindow, &rootControl);
|
|
7
|
2974 InstallReceiveHandler((DragReceiveHandlerUPP)receiveHandler,
|
|
|
2975 gui.VimWindow, NULL);
|
|
9
|
2976 SetPortWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
7
|
2977
|
|
|
2978 gui.char_width = 7;
|
|
|
2979 gui.char_height = 11;
|
|
|
2980 gui.char_ascent = 6;
|
|
|
2981 gui.num_rows = 24;
|
|
|
2982 gui.num_cols = 80;
|
|
|
2983 gui.in_focus = TRUE; /* For the moment -> syn. of front application */
|
|
|
2984
|
|
9
|
2985 gScrollAction = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_scroll_action);
|
|
|
2986 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_drag_thumb);
|
|
593
|
2987
|
|
13
|
2988 /* Install Carbon event callbacks. */
|
|
|
2989 (void)InstallFontPanelHandler();
|
|
7
|
2990
|
|
|
2991 dragRectEnbl = FALSE;
|
|
|
2992 dragRgn = NULL;
|
|
|
2993 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty;
|
|
|
2994 cursorRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
2995 #endif
|
|
|
2996 /* Display any pending error messages */
|
|
|
2997 display_errors();
|
|
|
2998
|
|
|
2999 /* Get background/foreground colors from system */
|
|
1212
|
3000 /* TODO: do the appropriate call to get real defaults */
|
|
7
|
3001 gui.norm_pixel = 0x00000000;
|
|
|
3002 gui.back_pixel = 0x00FFFFFF;
|
|
|
3003
|
|
|
3004 /* Get the colors from the "Normal" group (set in syntax.c or in a vimrc
|
|
|
3005 * file). */
|
|
|
3006 set_normal_colors();
|
|
|
3007
|
|
|
3008 /*
|
|
|
3009 * Check that none of the colors are the same as the background color.
|
|
|
3010 * Then store the current values as the defaults.
|
|
|
3011 */
|
|
|
3012 gui_check_colors();
|
|
|
3013 gui.def_norm_pixel = gui.norm_pixel;
|
|
|
3014 gui.def_back_pixel = gui.back_pixel;
|
|
|
3015
|
|
|
3016 /* Get the colors for the highlight groups (gui_check_colors() might have
|
|
|
3017 * changed them) */
|
|
|
3018 highlight_gui_started();
|
|
|
3019
|
|
|
3020 /*
|
|
|
3021 * Setting the gui constants
|
|
|
3022 */
|
|
|
3023 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
3024 gui.menu_height = 0;
|
|
|
3025 #endif
|
|
|
3026 gui.scrollbar_height = gui.scrollbar_width = 15; /* cheat 1 overlap */
|
|
|
3027 gui.border_offset = gui.border_width = 2;
|
|
|
3028
|
|
1212
|
3029 /* If Quartz-style text anti aliasing is available (see
|
|
7
|
3030 gui_mch_draw_string() below), enable it for all font sizes. */
|
|
|
3031 vim_setenv((char_u *)"QDTEXT_MINSIZE", (char_u *)"1");
|
|
593
|
3032
|
|
7
|
3033 eventTypeSpec.eventClass = kEventClassMouse;
|
|
|
3034 eventTypeSpec.eventKind = kEventMouseWheelMoved;
|
|
|
3035 mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_mouse_wheel);
|
|
|
3036 if (noErr != InstallApplicationEventHandler(mouseWheelHandlerUPP, 1,
|
|
|
3037 &eventTypeSpec, NULL, &mouseWheelHandlerRef))
|
|
|
3038 {
|
|
|
3039 mouseWheelHandlerRef = NULL;
|
|
|
3040 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(mouseWheelHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3041 mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
|
3042 }
|
|
|
3043
|
|
168
|
3044 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
|
3045 eventTypeSpec.eventClass = kEventClassTextInput;
|
|
|
3046 eventTypeSpec.eventKind = kEventUnicodeForKeyEvent;
|
|
|
3047 keyEventHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_doKeyEventCarbon);
|
|
|
3048 if (noErr != InstallApplicationEventHandler(keyEventHandlerUPP, 1,
|
|
|
3049 &eventTypeSpec, NULL, &keyEventHandlerRef))
|
|
|
3050 {
|
|
|
3051 keyEventHandlerRef = NULL;
|
|
|
3052 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(keyEventHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3053 keyEventHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
|
3054 }
|
|
|
3055 #endif
|
|
|
3056
|
|
|
3057 /*
|
|
7
|
3058 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
168
|
3059 set_option_value((char_u *)"encoding", 0L, (char_u *)"utf-8", 0);
|
|
|
3060 #endif
|
|
|
3061 */
|
|
7
|
3062
|
|
1106
|
3063 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
|
|
|
3064 /*
|
|
|
3065 * Create the tabline
|
|
|
3066 */
|
|
|
3067 initialise_tabline();
|
|
|
3068 #endif
|
|
|
3069
|
|
7
|
3070 /* TODO: Load bitmap if using TOOLBAR */
|
|
|
3071 return OK;
|
|
|
3072 }
|
|
|
3073
|
|
|
3074 /*
|
|
|
3075 * Called when the foreground or background color has been changed.
|
|
|
3076 */
|
|
|
3077 void
|
|
593
|
3078 gui_mch_new_colors(void)
|
|
7
|
3079 {
|
|
|
3080 /* TODO:
|
|
|
3081 * This proc is called when Normal is set to a value
|
|
|
3082 * so what msut be done? I don't know
|
|
|
3083 */
|
|
|
3084 }
|
|
|
3085
|
|
|
3086 /*
|
|
|
3087 * Open the GUI window which was created by a call to gui_mch_init().
|
|
|
3088 */
|
|
|
3089 int
|
|
593
|
3090 gui_mch_open(void)
|
|
7
|
3091 {
|
|
|
3092 ShowWindow(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3093
|
|
|
3094 if (gui_win_x != -1 && gui_win_y != -1)
|
|
|
3095 gui_mch_set_winpos(gui_win_x, gui_win_y);
|
|
|
3096
|
|
|
3097 /*
|
|
|
3098 * Make the GUI the foreground process (in case it was launched
|
|
|
3099 * from the Terminal or via :gui).
|
|
|
3100 */
|
|
|
3101 {
|
|
|
3102 ProcessSerialNumber psn;
|
|
|
3103 if (GetCurrentProcess(&psn) == noErr)
|
|
|
3104 SetFrontProcess(&psn);
|
|
|
3105 }
|
|
|
3106
|
|
|
3107 return OK;
|
|
|
3108 }
|
|
|
3109
|
|
|
3110 void
|
|
|
3111 gui_mch_exit(int rc)
|
|
|
3112 {
|
|
|
3113 /* TODO: find out all what is missing here? */
|
|
|
3114 DisposeRgn(cursorRgn);
|
|
|
3115
|
|
168
|
3116 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
|
3117 if (keyEventHandlerUPP)
|
|
|
3118 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(keyEventHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3119 #endif
|
|
|
3120
|
|
7
|
3121 if (mouseWheelHandlerUPP != NULL)
|
|
|
3122 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(mouseWheelHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3123
|
|
168
|
3124 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
842
|
3125 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle)
|
|
168
|
3126 ATSUDisposeStyle(gFontStyle);
|
|
|
3127 #endif
|
|
|
3128
|
|
7
|
3129 /* Exit to shell? */
|
|
|
3130 exit(rc);
|
|
|
3131 }
|
|
|
3132
|
|
|
3133 /*
|
|
|
3134 * Get the position of the top left corner of the window.
|
|
|
3135 */
|
|
|
3136 int
|
|
|
3137 gui_mch_get_winpos(int *x, int *y)
|
|
|
3138 {
|
|
|
3139 /* TODO */
|
|
|
3140 Rect bounds;
|
|
|
3141 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
3142
|
|
|
3143 /* Carbon >= 1.0.2, MacOS >= 8.5 */
|
|
9
|
3144 status = GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowStructureRgn, &bounds);
|
|
7
|
3145
|
|
|
3146 if (status != noErr)
|
|
|
3147 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3148 *x = bounds.left;
|
|
|
3149 *y = bounds.top;
|
|
|
3150 return OK;
|
|
|
3151 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3152 }
|
|
|
3153
|
|
|
3154 /*
|
|
|
3155 * Set the position of the top left corner of the window to the given
|
|
|
3156 * coordinates.
|
|
|
3157 */
|
|
|
3158 void
|
|
|
3159 gui_mch_set_winpos(int x, int y)
|
|
|
3160 {
|
|
|
3161 /* TODO: Should make sure the window is move within range
|
|
|
3162 * e.g.: y > ~16 [Menu bar], x > 0, x < screen width
|
|
|
3163 */
|
|
1377
|
3164 MoveWindowStructure(gui.VimWindow, x, y);
|
|
7
|
3165 }
|
|
|
3166
|
|
|
3167 void
|
|
|
3168 gui_mch_set_shellsize(
|
|
|
3169 int width,
|
|
|
3170 int height,
|
|
|
3171 int min_width,
|
|
|
3172 int min_height,
|
|
|
3173 int base_width,
|
|
812
|
3174 int base_height,
|
|
|
3175 int direction)
|
|
7
|
3176 {
|
|
|
3177 CGrafPtr VimPort;
|
|
|
3178 Rect VimBound;
|
|
|
3179
|
|
|
3180 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
3181 {
|
|
9
|
3182 VimPort = GetWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3183 GetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3184 VimBound.left = -gui.scrollbar_width; /* + 1;*/
|
|
9
|
3185 SetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3186 /* GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &winPortRect); ??*/
|
|
|
3187 }
|
|
|
3188 else
|
|
|
3189 {
|
|
9
|
3190 VimPort = GetWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3191 GetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3192 VimBound.left = 0;
|
|
9
|
3193 SetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3194 }
|
|
|
3195
|
|
|
3196 SizeWindow(gui.VimWindow, width, height, TRUE);
|
|
|
3197
|
|
|
3198 gui_resize_shell(width, height);
|
|
|
3199 }
|
|
|
3200
|
|
|
3201 /*
|
|
|
3202 * Get the screen dimensions.
|
|
|
3203 * Allow 10 pixels for horizontal borders, 40 for vertical borders.
|
|
|
3204 * Is there no way to find out how wide the borders really are?
|
|
1212
|
3205 * TODO: Add live update of those value on suspend/resume.
|
|
7
|
3206 */
|
|
|
3207 void
|
|
593
|
3208 gui_mch_get_screen_dimensions(int *screen_w, int *screen_h)
|
|
7
|
3209 {
|
|
|
3210 GDHandle dominantDevice = GetMainDevice();
|
|
|
3211 Rect screenRect = (**dominantDevice).gdRect;
|
|
|
3212
|
|
|
3213 *screen_w = screenRect.right - 10;
|
|
|
3214 *screen_h = screenRect.bottom - 40;
|
|
|
3215 }
|
|
|
3216
|
|
|
3217
|
|
13
|
3218 /*
|
|
|
3219 * Open the Font Panel and wait for the user to select a font and
|
|
|
3220 * close the panel. Then fill the buffer pointed to by font_name with
|
|
|
3221 * the name and size of the selected font and return the font's handle,
|
|
|
3222 * or NOFONT in case of an error.
|
|
|
3223 */
|
|
|
3224 static GuiFont
|
|
|
3225 gui_mac_select_font(char_u *font_name)
|
|
|
3226 {
|
|
|
3227 GuiFont selected_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
3228 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
3229 FontSelectionQDStyle curr_font;
|
|
|
3230
|
|
|
3231 /* Initialize the Font Panel with the current font. */
|
|
|
3232 curr_font.instance.fontFamily = gui.norm_font & 0xFFFF;
|
|
|
3233 curr_font.size = (gui.norm_font >> 16);
|
|
|
3234 /* TODO: set fontStyle once styles are supported in gui_mac_find_font() */
|
|
|
3235 curr_font.instance.fontStyle = 0;
|
|
|
3236 curr_font.hasColor = false;
|
|
|
3237 curr_font.version = 0; /* version number of the style structure */
|
|
|
3238 status = SetFontInfoForSelection(kFontSelectionQDType,
|
|
|
3239 /*numStyles=*/1, &curr_font, /*eventTarget=*/NULL);
|
|
|
3240
|
|
|
3241 gFontPanelInfo.family = curr_font.instance.fontFamily;
|
|
|
3242 gFontPanelInfo.style = curr_font.instance.fontStyle;
|
|
|
3243 gFontPanelInfo.size = curr_font.size;
|
|
|
3244
|
|
|
3245 /* Pop up the Font Panel. */
|
|
|
3246 status = FPShowHideFontPanel();
|
|
|
3247 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
3248 {
|
|
|
3249 /*
|
|
|
3250 * The Font Panel is modeless. We really need it to be modal,
|
|
|
3251 * so we spin in an event loop until the panel is closed.
|
|
|
3252 */
|
|
|
3253 gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible = true;
|
|
|
3254 while (gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible)
|
|
|
3255 {
|
|
|
3256 EventRecord e;
|
|
|
3257 WaitNextEvent(everyEvent, &e, /*sleep=*/20, /*mouseRgn=*/NULL);
|
|
|
3258 }
|
|
|
3259
|
|
|
3260 GetFontPanelSelection(font_name);
|
|
|
3261 selected_font = gui_mac_find_font(font_name);
|
|
|
3262 }
|
|
|
3263 return selected_font;
|
|
|
3264 }
|
|
|
3265
|
|
7
|
3266
|
|
|
3267 /*
|
|
|
3268 * Initialise vim to use the font with the given name. Return FAIL if the font
|
|
|
3269 * could not be loaded, OK otherwise.
|
|
|
3270 */
|
|
|
3271 int
|
|
593
|
3272 gui_mch_init_font(char_u *font_name, int fontset)
|
|
7
|
3273 {
|
|
|
3274 /* TODO: Add support for bold italic underline proportional etc... */
|
|
|
3275 Str255 suggestedFont = "\pMonaco";
|
|
170
|
3276 int suggestedSize = 10;
|
|
7
|
3277 FontInfo font_info;
|
|
|
3278 short font_id;
|
|
|
3279 GuiFont font;
|
|
37
|
3280 char_u used_font_name[512];
|
|
7
|
3281
|
|
168
|
3282 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
842
|
3283 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle == NULL)
|
|
168
|
3284 {
|
|
|
3285 if (ATSUCreateStyle(&gFontStyle) != noErr)
|
|
|
3286 gFontStyle = NULL;
|
|
|
3287 }
|
|
|
3288 #endif
|
|
|
3289
|
|
7
|
3290 if (font_name == NULL)
|
|
|
3291 {
|
|
|
3292 /* First try to get the suggested font */
|
|
|
3293 GetFNum(suggestedFont, &font_id);
|
|
|
3294
|
|
|
3295 if (font_id == 0)
|
|
|
3296 {
|
|
|
3297 /* Then pickup the standard application font */
|
|
|
3298 font_id = GetAppFont();
|
|
37
|
3299 STRCPY(used_font_name, "default");
|
|
7
|
3300 }
|
|
37
|
3301 else
|
|
|
3302 STRCPY(used_font_name, "Monaco");
|
|
7
|
3303 font = (suggestedSize << 16) + ((long) font_id & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
3304 }
|
|
13
|
3305 else if (STRCMP(font_name, "*") == 0)
|
|
|
3306 {
|
|
37
|
3307 char_u *new_p_guifont;
|
|
|
3308
|
|
|
3309 font = gui_mac_select_font(used_font_name);
|
|
13
|
3310 if (font == NOFONT)
|
|
|
3311 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3312
|
|
|
3313 /* Set guifont to the name of the selected font. */
|
|
37
|
3314 new_p_guifont = alloc(STRLEN(used_font_name) + 1);
|
|
13
|
3315 if (new_p_guifont != NULL)
|
|
|
3316 {
|
|
37
|
3317 STRCPY(new_p_guifont, used_font_name);
|
|
13
|
3318 vim_free(p_guifont);
|
|
|
3319 p_guifont = new_p_guifont;
|
|
|
3320 /* Replace spaces in the font name with underscores. */
|
|
|
3321 for ( ; *new_p_guifont; ++new_p_guifont)
|
|
|
3322 {
|
|
|
3323 if (*new_p_guifont == ' ')
|
|
|
3324 *new_p_guifont = '_';
|
|
|
3325 }
|
|
|
3326 }
|
|
|
3327 }
|
|
7
|
3328 else
|
|
|
3329 {
|
|
9
|
3330 font = gui_mac_find_font(font_name);
|
|
418
|
3331 vim_strncpy(used_font_name, font_name, sizeof(used_font_name) - 1);
|
|
7
|
3332
|
|
|
3333 if (font == NOFONT)
|
|
|
3334 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3335 }
|
|
37
|
3336
|
|
7
|
3337 gui.norm_font = font;
|
|
|
3338
|
|
37
|
3339 hl_set_font_name(used_font_name);
|
|
|
3340
|
|
9
|
3341 TextSize(font >> 16);
|
|
|
3342 TextFont(font & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
3343
|
|
189
|
3344 GetFontInfo(&font_info);
|
|
|
3345
|
|
|
3346 gui.char_ascent = font_info.ascent;
|
|
|
3347 gui.char_width = CharWidth('_');
|
|
|
3348 gui.char_height = font_info.ascent + font_info.descent + p_linespace;
|
|
|
3349
|
|
168
|
3350 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
3351 ATSUFontID fontID;
|
|
|
3352 Fixed fontSize;
|
|
|
3353 ATSStyleRenderingOptions fontOptions;
|
|
|
3354
|
|
842
|
3355 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle)
|
|
168
|
3356 {
|
|
|
3357 fontID = font & 0xFFFF;
|
|
|
3358 fontSize = Long2Fix(font >> 16);
|
|
|
3359
|
|
|
3360 /* No antialiasing by default (do not attempt to touch antialising
|
|
|
3361 * options on pre-Jaguar) */
|
|
|
3362 fontOptions =
|
|
|
3363 (gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020) ?
|
|
|
3364 kATSStyleNoAntiAliasing :
|
|
|
3365 kATSStyleNoOptions;
|
|
|
3366
|
|
|
3367 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] =
|
|
|
3368 {
|
|
|
3369 kATSUFontTag, kATSUSizeTag, kATSUStyleRenderingOptionsTag,
|
|
|
3370 kATSUMaxATSUITagValue+1
|
|
|
3371 };
|
|
|
3372 ByteCount attribSizes[] =
|
|
|
3373 {
|
|
|
3374 sizeof(ATSUFontID), sizeof(Fixed),
|
|
|
3375 sizeof(ATSStyleRenderingOptions), sizeof font
|
|
|
3376 };
|
|
|
3377 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] =
|
|
|
3378 {
|
|
|
3379 &fontID, &fontSize, &fontOptions, &font
|
|
|
3380 };
|
|
|
3381
|
|
|
3382 /* Convert font id to ATSUFontID */
|
|
|
3383 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(fontID, 0, &fontID, NULL) == noErr)
|
|
|
3384 {
|
|
|
3385 if (ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle,
|
|
|
3386 (sizeof attribTags)/sizeof(ATSUAttributeTag),
|
|
|
3387 attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues) != noErr)
|
|
|
3388 {
|
|
|
3389 ATSUDisposeStyle(gFontStyle);
|
|
|
3390 gFontStyle = NULL;
|
|
|
3391 }
|
|
|
3392 }
|
|
|
3393 }
|
|
|
3394 #endif
|
|
|
3395
|
|
7
|
3396 return OK;
|
|
|
3397 }
|
|
|
3398
|
|
444
|
3399 /*
|
|
|
3400 * Adjust gui.char_height (after 'linespace' was changed).
|
|
|
3401 */
|
|
7
|
3402 int
|
|
593
|
3403 gui_mch_adjust_charheight(void)
|
|
7
|
3404 {
|
|
|
3405 FontInfo font_info;
|
|
|
3406
|
|
9
|
3407 GetFontInfo(&font_info);
|
|
7
|
3408 gui.char_height = font_info.ascent + font_info.descent + p_linespace;
|
|
|
3409 gui.char_ascent = font_info.ascent + p_linespace / 2;
|
|
|
3410 return OK;
|
|
|
3411 }
|
|
|
3412
|
|
|
3413 /*
|
|
|
3414 * Get a font structure for highlighting.
|
|
|
3415 */
|
|
|
3416 GuiFont
|
|
593
|
3417 gui_mch_get_font(char_u *name, int giveErrorIfMissing)
|
|
7
|
3418 {
|
|
|
3419 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
3420
|
|
|
3421 font = gui_mac_find_font(name);
|
|
|
3422
|
|
|
3423 if (font == NOFONT)
|
|
|
3424 {
|
|
|
3425 if (giveErrorIfMissing)
|
|
|
3426 EMSG2(_(e_font), name);
|
|
|
3427 return NOFONT;
|
|
|
3428 }
|
|
|
3429 /*
|
|
|
3430 * TODO : Accept only monospace
|
|
|
3431 */
|
|
|
3432
|
|
|
3433 return font;
|
|
|
3434 }
|
|
|
3435
|
|
44
|
3436 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
7
|
3437 /*
|
|
37
|
3438 * Return the name of font "font" in allocated memory.
|
|
|
3439 * Don't know how to get the actual name, thus use the provided name.
|
|
|
3440 */
|
|
|
3441 char_u *
|
|
593
|
3442 gui_mch_get_fontname(GuiFont font, char_u *name)
|
|
37
|
3443 {
|
|
|
3444 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
3445 return NULL;
|
|
|
3446 return vim_strsave(name);
|
|
|
3447 }
|
|
44
|
3448 #endif
|
|
37
|
3449
|
|
|
3450 /*
|
|
7
|
3451 * Set the current text font.
|
|
|
3452 */
|
|
|
3453 void
|
|
593
|
3454 gui_mch_set_font(GuiFont font)
|
|
7
|
3455 {
|
|
168
|
3456 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
3457 GuiFont currFont;
|
|
|
3458 ByteCount actualFontByteCount;
|
|
|
3459 ATSUFontID fontID;
|
|
|
3460 Fixed fontSize;
|
|
|
3461 ATSStyleRenderingOptions fontOptions;
|
|
|
3462
|
|
842
|
3463 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle)
|
|
168
|
3464 {
|
|
|
3465 /* Avoid setting same font again */
|
|
|
3466 if (ATSUGetAttribute(gFontStyle, kATSUMaxATSUITagValue+1, sizeof font,
|
|
|
3467 &currFont, &actualFontByteCount) == noErr &&
|
|
|
3468 actualFontByteCount == (sizeof font))
|
|
|
3469 {
|
|
|
3470 if (currFont == font)
|
|
|
3471 return;
|
|
|
3472 }
|
|
|
3473
|
|
|
3474 fontID = font & 0xFFFF;
|
|
|
3475 fontSize = Long2Fix(font >> 16);
|
|
|
3476 /* Respect p_antialias setting only for wide font.
|
|
|
3477 * The reason for doing this at the moment is a bit complicated,
|
|
|
3478 * but it's mainly because a) latin (non-wide) aliased fonts
|
|
|
3479 * look bad in OS X 10.3.x and below (due to a bug in ATS), and
|
|
|
3480 * b) wide multibyte input does not suffer from that problem. */
|
|
593
|
3481 /*fontOptions =
|
|
168
|
3482 (p_antialias && (font == gui.wide_font)) ?
|
|
|
3483 kATSStyleNoOptions : kATSStyleNoAntiAliasing;
|
|
593
|
3484 */
|
|
|
3485 /*fontOptions = kATSStyleAntiAliasing;*/
|
|
168
|
3486
|
|
|
3487 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] =
|
|
|
3488 {
|
|
|
3489 kATSUFontTag, kATSUSizeTag, kATSUStyleRenderingOptionsTag,
|
|
|
3490 kATSUMaxATSUITagValue+1
|
|
|
3491 };
|
|
|
3492 ByteCount attribSizes[] =
|
|
|
3493 {
|
|
|
3494 sizeof(ATSUFontID), sizeof(Fixed),
|
|
|
3495 sizeof(ATSStyleRenderingOptions), sizeof font
|
|
|
3496 };
|
|
|
3497 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] =
|
|
|
3498 {
|
|
|
3499 &fontID, &fontSize, &fontOptions, &font
|
|
|
3500 };
|
|
|
3501
|
|
|
3502 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(fontID, 0, &fontID, NULL) == noErr)
|
|
|
3503 {
|
|
|
3504 if (ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle,
|
|
|
3505 (sizeof attribTags)/sizeof(ATSUAttributeTag),
|
|
|
3506 attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues) != noErr)
|
|
|
3507 {
|
|
842
|
3508 # ifndef NDEBUG
|
|
168
|
3509 fprintf(stderr, "couldn't set font style\n");
|
|
842
|
3510 # endif
|
|
168
|
3511 ATSUDisposeStyle(gFontStyle);
|
|
|
3512 gFontStyle = NULL;
|
|
|
3513 }
|
|
|
3514 }
|
|
|
3515
|
|
|
3516 }
|
|
|
3517
|
|
842
|
3518 if (p_macatsui && !gIsFontFallbackSet)
|
|
168
|
3519 {
|
|
|
3520 /* Setup automatic font substitution. The user's guifontwide
|
|
|
3521 * is tried first, then the system tries other fonts. */
|
|
|
3522 /*
|
|
|
3523 ATSUAttributeTag fallbackTags[] = { kATSULineFontFallbacksTag };
|
|
|
3524 ByteCount fallbackSizes[] = { sizeof(ATSUFontFallbacks) };
|
|
|
3525 ATSUCreateFontFallbacks(&gFontFallbacks);
|
|
|
3526 ATSUSetObjFontFallbacks(gFontFallbacks, );
|
|
|
3527 */
|
|
|
3528 if (gui.wide_font)
|
|
|
3529 {
|
|
|
3530 ATSUFontID fallbackFonts;
|
|
|
3531 gIsFontFallbackSet = TRUE;
|
|
|
3532
|
|
|
3533 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(
|
|
|
3534 (gui.wide_font & 0xFFFF),
|
|
|
3535 0,
|
|
|
3536 &fallbackFonts,
|
|
|
3537 NULL) == noErr)
|
|
|
3538 {
|
|
|
3539 ATSUSetFontFallbacks((sizeof fallbackFonts)/sizeof(ATSUFontID), &fallbackFonts, kATSUSequentialFallbacksPreferred);
|
|
|
3540 }
|
|
|
3541 /*
|
|
|
3542 ATSUAttributeValuePtr fallbackValues[] = { };
|
|
|
3543 */
|
|
|
3544 }
|
|
|
3545 }
|
|
|
3546 #endif
|
|
7
|
3547 TextSize(font >> 16);
|
|
|
3548 TextFont(font & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
3549 }
|
|
|
3550
|
|
|
3551 /*
|
|
|
3552 * If a font is not going to be used, free its structure.
|
|
|
3553 */
|
|
|
3554 void
|
|
|
3555 gui_mch_free_font(font)
|
|
|
3556 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
3557 {
|
|
|
3558 /*
|
|
|
3559 * Free font when "font" is not 0.
|
|
|
3560 * Nothing to do in the current implementation, since
|
|
|
3561 * nothing is allocated for each font used.
|
|
|
3562 */
|
|
|
3563 }
|
|
|
3564
|
|
|
3565 static int
|
|
593
|
3566 hex_digit(int c)
|
|
7
|
3567 {
|
|
|
3568 if (isdigit(c))
|
|
|
3569 return c - '0';
|
|
|
3570 c = TOLOWER_ASC(c);
|
|
|
3571 if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f')
|
|
|
3572 return c - 'a' + 10;
|
|
|
3573 return -1000;
|
|
|
3574 }
|
|
|
3575
|
|
|
3576 /*
|
|
|
3577 * Return the Pixel value (color) for the given color name. This routine was
|
|
|
3578 * pretty much taken from example code in the Silicon Graphics OSF/Motif
|
|
|
3579 * Programmer's Guide.
|
|
|
3580 * Return INVALCOLOR when failed.
|
|
|
3581 */
|
|
|
3582 guicolor_T
|
|
593
|
3583 gui_mch_get_color(char_u *name)
|
|
7
|
3584 {
|
|
|
3585 /* TODO: Add support for the new named color of MacOS 8
|
|
|
3586 */
|
|
|
3587 RGBColor MacColor;
|
|
|
3588 // guicolor_T color = 0;
|
|
|
3589
|
|
|
3590 typedef struct guicolor_tTable
|
|
|
3591 {
|
|
|
3592 char *name;
|
|
|
3593 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
3594 } guicolor_tTable;
|
|
|
3595
|
|
|
3596 /*
|
|
|
3597 * The comment at the end of each line is the source
|
|
|
3598 * (Mac, Window, Unix) and the number is the unix rgb.txt value
|
|
|
3599 */
|
|
|
3600 static guicolor_tTable table[] =
|
|
|
3601 {
|
|
|
3602 {"Black", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0x00)},
|
|
|
3603 {"darkgray", RGB(0x80, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3604 {"darkgrey", RGB(0x80, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3605 {"Gray", RGB(0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3606 {"Grey", RGB(0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3607 {"lightgray", RGB(0xE0, 0xE0, 0xE0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3608 {"lightgrey", RGB(0xE0, 0xE0, 0xE0)}, /*W*/
|
|
834
|
3609 {"gray10", RGB(0x1A, 0x1A, 0x1A)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3610 {"grey10", RGB(0x1A, 0x1A, 0x1A)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3611 {"gray20", RGB(0x33, 0x33, 0x33)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3612 {"grey20", RGB(0x33, 0x33, 0x33)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3613 {"gray30", RGB(0x4D, 0x4D, 0x4D)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3614 {"grey30", RGB(0x4D, 0x4D, 0x4D)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3615 {"gray40", RGB(0x66, 0x66, 0x66)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3616 {"grey40", RGB(0x66, 0x66, 0x66)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3617 {"gray50", RGB(0x7F, 0x7F, 0x7F)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3618 {"grey50", RGB(0x7F, 0x7F, 0x7F)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3619 {"gray60", RGB(0x99, 0x99, 0x99)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3620 {"grey60", RGB(0x99, 0x99, 0x99)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3621 {"gray70", RGB(0xB3, 0xB3, 0xB3)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3622 {"grey70", RGB(0xB3, 0xB3, 0xB3)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3623 {"gray80", RGB(0xCC, 0xCC, 0xCC)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3624 {"grey80", RGB(0xCC, 0xCC, 0xCC)}, /*W*/
|
|
818
|
3625 {"gray90", RGB(0xE5, 0xE5, 0xE5)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3626 {"grey90", RGB(0xE5, 0xE5, 0xE5)}, /*W*/
|
|
7
|
3627 {"white", RGB(0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF)},
|
|
|
3628 {"darkred", RGB(0x80, 0x00, 0x00)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3629 {"red", RGB(0xDD, 0x08, 0x06)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3630 {"lightred", RGB(0xFF, 0xA0, 0xA0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3631 {"DarkBlue", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3632 {"Blue", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0xD4)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3633 {"lightblue", RGB(0xA0, 0xA0, 0xFF)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3634 {"DarkGreen", RGB(0x00, 0x80, 0x00)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3635 {"Green", RGB(0x00, 0x64, 0x11)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3636 {"lightgreen", RGB(0xA0, 0xFF, 0xA0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3637 {"DarkCyan", RGB(0x00, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W ?0x307D7E */
|
|
|
3638 {"cyan", RGB(0x02, 0xAB, 0xEA)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3639 {"lightcyan", RGB(0xA0, 0xFF, 0xFF)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3640 {"darkmagenta", RGB(0x80, 0x00, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3641 {"magenta", RGB(0xF2, 0x08, 0x84)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3642 {"lightmagenta",RGB(0xF0, 0xA0, 0xF0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3643 {"brown", RGB(0x80, 0x40, 0x40)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3644 {"yellow", RGB(0xFC, 0xF3, 0x05)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3645 {"lightyellow", RGB(0xFF, 0xFF, 0xA0)}, /*M*/
|
|
308
|
3646 {"darkyellow", RGB(0xBB, 0xBB, 0x00)}, /*U*/
|
|
7
|
3647 {"SeaGreen", RGB(0x2E, 0x8B, 0x57)}, /*W 0x4E8975 */
|
|
|
3648 {"orange", RGB(0xFC, 0x80, 0x00)}, /*W 0xF87A17 */
|
|
|
3649 {"Purple", RGB(0xA0, 0x20, 0xF0)}, /*W 0x8e35e5 */
|
|
|
3650 {"SlateBlue", RGB(0x6A, 0x5A, 0xCD)}, /*W 0x737CA1 */
|
|
|
3651 {"Violet", RGB(0x8D, 0x38, 0xC9)}, /*U*/
|
|
|
3652 };
|
|
|
3653
|
|
|
3654 int r, g, b;
|
|
|
3655 int i;
|
|
|
3656
|
|
|
3657 if (name[0] == '#' && strlen((char *) name) == 7)
|
|
|
3658 {
|
|
|
3659 /* Name is in "#rrggbb" format */
|
|
|
3660 r = hex_digit(name[1]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[2]);
|
|
|
3661 g = hex_digit(name[3]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[4]);
|
|
|
3662 b = hex_digit(name[5]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[6]);
|
|
|
3663 if (r < 0 || g < 0 || b < 0)
|
|
|
3664 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
3665 return RGB(r, g, b);
|
|
|
3666 }
|
|
|
3667 else
|
|
|
3668 {
|
|
9
|
3669 if (STRICMP(name, "hilite") == 0)
|
|
7
|
3670 {
|
|
9
|
3671 LMGetHiliteRGB(&MacColor);
|
|
|
3672 return (RGB(MacColor.red >> 8, MacColor.green >> 8, MacColor.blue >> 8));
|
|
7
|
3673 }
|
|
|
3674 /* Check if the name is one of the colors we know */
|
|
|
3675 for (i = 0; i < sizeof(table) / sizeof(table[0]); i++)
|
|
|
3676 if (STRICMP(name, table[i].name) == 0)
|
|
|
3677 return table[i].color;
|
|
|
3678 }
|
|
|
3679
|
|
|
3680 /*
|
|
|
3681 * Last attempt. Look in the file "$VIM/rgb.txt".
|
|
|
3682 */
|
|
|
3683 {
|
|
|
3684 #define LINE_LEN 100
|
|
|
3685 FILE *fd;
|
|
|
3686 char line[LINE_LEN];
|
|
|
3687 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
3688
|
|
|
3689 fname = expand_env_save((char_u *)"$VIMRUNTIME/rgb.txt");
|
|
|
3690 if (fname == NULL)
|
|
|
3691 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
3692
|
|
|
3693 fd = fopen((char *)fname, "rt");
|
|
|
3694 vim_free(fname);
|
|
|
3695 if (fd == NULL)
|
|
|
3696 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
3697
|
|
|
3698 while (!feof(fd))
|
|
|
3699 {
|
|
|
3700 int len;
|
|
|
3701 int pos;
|
|
|
3702 char *color;
|
|
|
3703
|
|
|
3704 fgets(line, LINE_LEN, fd);
|
|
|
3705 len = strlen(line);
|
|
|
3706
|
|
|
3707 if (len <= 1 || line[len-1] != '\n')
|
|
|
3708 continue;
|
|
|
3709
|
|
|
3710 line[len-1] = '\0';
|
|
|
3711
|
|
|
3712 i = sscanf(line, "%d %d %d %n", &r, &g, &b, &pos);
|
|
|
3713 if (i != 3)
|
|
|
3714 continue;
|
|
|
3715
|
|
|
3716 color = line + pos;
|
|
|
3717
|
|
|
3718 if (STRICMP(color, name) == 0)
|
|
|
3719 {
|
|
|
3720 fclose(fd);
|
|
|
3721 return (guicolor_T) RGB(r, g, b);
|
|
|
3722 }
|
|
|
3723 }
|
|
|
3724 fclose(fd);
|
|
|
3725 }
|
|
|
3726
|
|
|
3727 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
3728 }
|
|
|
3729
|
|
|
3730 /*
|
|
|
3731 * Set the current text foreground color.
|
|
|
3732 */
|
|
|
3733 void
|
|
593
|
3734 gui_mch_set_fg_color(guicolor_T color)
|
|
7
|
3735 {
|
|
|
3736 RGBColor TheColor;
|
|
|
3737
|
|
|
3738 TheColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3739 TheColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3740 TheColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3741
|
|
9
|
3742 RGBForeColor(&TheColor);
|
|
7
|
3743 }
|
|
|
3744
|
|
|
3745 /*
|
|
|
3746 * Set the current text background color.
|
|
|
3747 */
|
|
|
3748 void
|
|
593
|
3749 gui_mch_set_bg_color(guicolor_T color)
|
|
7
|
3750 {
|
|
|
3751 RGBColor TheColor;
|
|
|
3752
|
|
|
3753 TheColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3754 TheColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3755 TheColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3756
|
|
9
|
3757 RGBBackColor(&TheColor);
|
|
7
|
3758 }
|
|
|
3759
|
|
563
|
3760 RGBColor specialColor;
|
|
|
3761
|
|
212
|
3762 /*
|
|
563
|
3763 * Set the current text special color.
|
|
212
|
3764 */
|
|
|
3765 void
|
|
593
|
3766 gui_mch_set_sp_color(guicolor_T color)
|
|
212
|
3767 {
|
|
563
|
3768 specialColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3769 specialColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3770 specialColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3771 }
|
|
|
3772
|
|
|
3773 /*
|
|
|
3774 * Draw undercurl at the bottom of the character cell.
|
|
|
3775 */
|
|
|
3776 static void
|
|
|
3777 draw_undercurl(int flags, int row, int col, int cells)
|
|
|
3778 {
|
|
856
|
3779 int x;
|
|
|
3780 int offset;
|
|
|
3781 const static int val[8] = {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 2, 2 };
|
|
|
3782 int y = FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1;
|
|
563
|
3783
|
|
|
3784 RGBForeColor(&specialColor);
|
|
|
3785
|
|
|
3786 offset = val[FILL_X(col) % 8];
|
|
|
3787 MoveTo(FILL_X(col), y - offset);
|
|
|
3788
|
|
593
|
3789 for (x = FILL_X(col); x < FILL_X(col + cells); ++x)
|
|
563
|
3790 {
|
|
593
|
3791 offset = val[x % 8];
|
|
|
3792 LineTo(x, y - offset);
|
|
563
|
3793 }
|
|
212
|
3794 }
|
|
|
3795
|
|
593
|
3796
|
|
|
3797 static void
|
|
|
3798 draw_string_QD(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags)
|
|
7
|
3799 {
|
|
|
3800 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3801 char_u *tofree = NULL;
|
|
|
3802
|
|
|
3803 if (output_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
|
|
|
3804 {
|
|
|
3805 tofree = string_convert(&output_conv, s, &len);
|
|
|
3806 if (tofree != NULL)
|
|
|
3807 s = tofree;
|
|
|
3808 }
|
|
|
3809 #endif
|
|
593
|
3810
|
|
7
|
3811 /*
|
|
|
3812 * On OS X, try using Quartz-style text antialiasing.
|
|
|
3813 */
|
|
189
|
3814 if (gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020)
|
|
7
|
3815 {
|
|
|
3816 /* Quartz antialiasing is available only in OS 10.2 and later. */
|
|
|
3817 UInt32 qd_flags = (p_antialias ?
|
|
|
3818 kQDUseCGTextRendering | kQDUseCGTextMetrics : 0);
|
|
168
|
3819 QDSwapTextFlags(qd_flags);
|
|
7
|
3820 }
|
|
|
3821
|
|
36
|
3822 /*
|
|
|
3823 * When antialiasing we're using srcOr mode, we have to clear the block
|
|
|
3824 * before drawing the text.
|
|
|
3825 * Also needed when 'linespace' is non-zero to remove the cursor and
|
|
|
3826 * underlining.
|
|
|
3827 * But not when drawing transparently.
|
|
|
3828 * The following is like calling gui_mch_clear_block(row, col, row, col +
|
|
|
3829 * len - 1), but without setting the bg color to gui.back_pixel.
|
|
|
3830 */
|
|
189
|
3831 if (((gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020 && p_antialias) || p_linespace != 0)
|
|
36
|
3832 && !(flags & DRAW_TRANSP))
|
|
|
3833 {
|
|
|
3834 Rect rc;
|
|
|
3835
|
|
|
3836 rc.left = FILL_X(col);
|
|
|
3837 rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
168
|
3838 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3839 /* Multibyte computation taken from gui_w32.c */
|
|
|
3840 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3841 {
|
|
|
3842 int cell_len = 0;
|
|
|
3843 int n;
|
|
|
3844
|
|
|
3845 /* Compute the length in display cells. */
|
|
|
3846 for (n = 0; n < len; n += MB_BYTE2LEN(s[n]))
|
|
|
3847 cell_len += (*mb_ptr2cells)(s + n);
|
|
|
3848 rc.right = FILL_X(col + cell_len);
|
|
|
3849 }
|
|
|
3850 else
|
|
|
3851 #endif
|
|
36
|
3852 rc.right = FILL_X(col + len) + (col + len == Columns);
|
|
|
3853 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row + 1);
|
|
|
3854 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
|
3855 }
|
|
|
3856
|
|
189
|
3857 if (gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020 && p_antialias)
|
|
7
|
3858 {
|
|
|
3859 StyleParameter face;
|
|
|
3860
|
|
|
3861 face = normal;
|
|
|
3862 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD)
|
|
|
3863 face |= bold;
|
|
|
3864 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL)
|
|
|
3865 face |= underline;
|
|
|
3866 TextFace(face);
|
|
|
3867
|
|
|
3868 /* Quartz antialiasing works only in srcOr transfer mode. */
|
|
|
3869 TextMode(srcOr);
|
|
|
3870
|
|
|
3871 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row));
|
|
|
3872 DrawText((char*)s, 0, len);
|
|
|
3873 }
|
|
|
3874 else
|
|
|
3875 {
|
|
|
3876 /* Use old-style, non-antialiased QuickDraw text rendering. */
|
|
9
|
3877 TextMode(srcCopy);
|
|
|
3878 TextFace(normal);
|
|
7
|
3879
|
|
|
3880 /* SelectFont(hdc, gui.currFont); */
|
|
|
3881
|
|
|
3882 if (flags & DRAW_TRANSP)
|
|
|
3883 {
|
|
9
|
3884 TextMode(srcOr);
|
|
7
|
3885 }
|
|
|
3886
|
|
9
|
3887 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row));
|
|
593
|
3888 DrawText((char *)s, 0, len);
|
|
|
3889
|
|
|
3890 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD)
|
|
|
3891 {
|
|
|
3892 TextMode(srcOr);
|
|
|
3893 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col) + 1, TEXT_Y(row));
|
|
|
3894 DrawText((char *)s, 0, len);
|
|
|
3895 }
|
|
|
3896
|
|
|
3897 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL)
|
|
|
3898 {
|
|
|
3899 MoveTo(FILL_X(col), FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1);
|
|
|
3900 LineTo(FILL_X(col + len) - 1, FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1);
|
|
|
3901 }
|
|
|
3902 }
|
|
|
3903
|
|
|
3904 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERC)
|
|
|
3905 draw_undercurl(flags, row, col, len);
|
|
|
3906
|
|
|
3907 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3908 vim_free(tofree);
|
|
|
3909 #endif
|
|
|
3910 }
|
|
|
3911
|
|
842
|
3912 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
593
|
3913
|
|
|
3914 static void
|
|
|
3915 draw_string_ATSUI(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags)
|
|
|
3916 {
|
|
|
3917 /* ATSUI requires utf-16 strings */
|
|
|
3918 UniCharCount utf16_len;
|
|
|
3919 UniChar *tofree = mac_enc_to_utf16(s, len, (size_t *)&utf16_len);
|
|
|
3920 utf16_len /= sizeof(UniChar);
|
|
|
3921
|
|
|
3922 /* - ATSUI automatically antialiases text (Someone)
|
|
|
3923 * - for some reason it does not work... (Jussi) */
|
|
|
3924
|
|
|
3925 /*
|
|
|
3926 * When antialiasing we're using srcOr mode, we have to clear the block
|
|
|
3927 * before drawing the text.
|
|
|
3928 * Also needed when 'linespace' is non-zero to remove the cursor and
|
|
|
3929 * underlining.
|
|
|
3930 * But not when drawing transparently.
|
|
|
3931 * The following is like calling gui_mch_clear_block(row, col, row, col +
|
|
|
3932 * len - 1), but without setting the bg color to gui.back_pixel.
|
|
|
3933 */
|
|
|
3934 if ((flags & DRAW_TRANSP) == 0)
|
|
|
3935 {
|
|
|
3936 Rect rc;
|
|
|
3937
|
|
|
3938 rc.left = FILL_X(col);
|
|
|
3939 rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
|
3940 /* Multibyte computation taken from gui_w32.c */
|
|
|
3941 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3942 {
|
|
|
3943 int cell_len = 0;
|
|
|
3944 int n;
|
|
|
3945
|
|
|
3946 /* Compute the length in display cells. */
|
|
|
3947 for (n = 0; n < len; n += MB_BYTE2LEN(s[n]))
|
|
|
3948 cell_len += (*mb_ptr2cells)(s + n);
|
|
|
3949 rc.right = FILL_X(col + cell_len);
|
|
|
3950 }
|
|
|
3951 else
|
|
|
3952 rc.right = FILL_X(col + len) + (col + len == Columns);
|
|
|
3953
|
|
|
3954 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row + 1);
|
|
|
3955 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
|
3956 }
|
|
|
3957
|
|
|
3958 {
|
|
|
3959 /* Use old-style, non-antialiased QuickDraw text rendering. */
|
|
|
3960 TextMode(srcCopy);
|
|
|
3961 TextFace(normal);
|
|
|
3962
|
|
|
3963 /* SelectFont(hdc, gui.currFont); */
|
|
|
3964
|
|
|
3965 if (flags & DRAW_TRANSP)
|
|
|
3966 {
|
|
|
3967 TextMode(srcOr);
|
|
|
3968 }
|
|
|
3969
|
|
|
3970 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row));
|
|
168
|
3971 ATSUTextLayout textLayout;
|
|
|
3972
|
|
|
3973 if (ATSUCreateTextLayoutWithTextPtr(tofree,
|
|
|
3974 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd,
|
|
|
3975 utf16_len,
|
|
|
3976 (gFontStyle ? 1 : 0), &utf16_len,
|
|
|
3977 (gFontStyle ? &gFontStyle : NULL),
|
|
|
3978 &textLayout) == noErr)
|
|
|
3979 {
|
|
|
3980 ATSUSetTransientFontMatching(textLayout, TRUE);
|
|
|
3981
|
|
|
3982 ATSUDrawText(textLayout,
|
|
|
3983 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd,
|
|
|
3984 kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc, kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc);
|
|
|
3985
|
|
|
3986 ATSUDisposeTextLayout(textLayout);
|
|
|
3987 }
|
|
7
|
3988 }
|
|
|
3989
|
|
563
|
3990 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERC)
|
|
|
3991 draw_undercurl(flags, row, col, len);
|
|
|
3992
|
|
7
|
3993 vim_free(tofree);
|
|
593
|
3994 }
|
|
|
3995 #endif
|
|
|
3996
|
|
|
3997 void
|
|
|
3998 gui_mch_draw_string(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags)
|
|
|
3999 {
|
|
|
4000 #if defined(USE_ATSUI_DRAWING)
|
|
842
|
4001 if (p_macatsui)
|
|
|
4002 draw_string_ATSUI(row, col, s, len, flags);
|
|
|
4003 else
|
|
7
|
4004 #endif
|
|
842
|
4005 draw_string_QD(row, col, s, len, flags);
|
|
7
|
4006 }
|
|
|
4007
|
|
|
4008 /*
|
|
|
4009 * Return OK if the key with the termcap name "name" is supported.
|
|
|
4010 */
|
|
|
4011 int
|
|
593
|
4012 gui_mch_haskey(char_u *name)
|
|
7
|
4013 {
|
|
|
4014 int i;
|
|
|
4015
|
|
|
4016 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; i++)
|
|
|
4017 if (name[0] == special_keys[i].vim_code0 &&
|
|
|
4018 name[1] == special_keys[i].vim_code1)
|
|
|
4019 return OK;
|
|
|
4020 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4021 }
|
|
|
4022
|
|
|
4023 void
|
|
593
|
4024 gui_mch_beep(void)
|
|
7
|
4025 {
|
|
9
|
4026 SysBeep(1); /* Should this be 0? (????) */
|
|
7
|
4027 }
|
|
|
4028
|
|
|
4029 void
|
|
593
|
4030 gui_mch_flash(int msec)
|
|
7
|
4031 {
|
|
|
4032 /* Do a visual beep by reversing the foreground and background colors */
|
|
|
4033 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4034
|
|
|
4035 /*
|
|
|
4036 * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
|
|
|
4037 */
|
|
|
4038 rc.left = 0;
|
|
|
4039 rc.top = 0;
|
|
|
4040 rc.right = gui.num_cols * gui.char_width;
|
|
|
4041 rc.bottom = gui.num_rows * gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4042 InvertRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4043
|
|
|
4044 ui_delay((long)msec, TRUE); /* wait for some msec */
|
|
|
4045
|
|
|
4046 InvertRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4047 }
|
|
|
4048
|
|
|
4049 /*
|
|
|
4050 * Invert a rectangle from row r, column c, for nr rows and nc columns.
|
|
|
4051 */
|
|
|
4052 void
|
|
593
|
4053 gui_mch_invert_rectangle(int r, int c, int nr, int nc)
|
|
7
|
4054 {
|
|
|
4055 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4056
|
|
|
4057 /*
|
|
|
4058 * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
|
|
|
4059 */
|
|
|
4060 rc.left = FILL_X(c);
|
|
|
4061 rc.top = FILL_Y(r);
|
|
|
4062 rc.right = rc.left + nc * gui.char_width;
|
|
|
4063 rc.bottom = rc.top + nr * gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4064 InvertRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4065 }
|
|
|
4066
|
|
|
4067 /*
|
|
|
4068 * Iconify the GUI window.
|
|
|
4069 */
|
|
|
4070 void
|
|
593
|
4071 gui_mch_iconify(void)
|
|
7
|
4072 {
|
|
|
4073 /* TODO: find out what could replace iconify
|
|
|
4074 * -window shade?
|
|
|
4075 * -hide application?
|
|
|
4076 */
|
|
|
4077 }
|
|
|
4078
|
|
|
4079 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4080 /*
|
|
|
4081 * Bring the Vim window to the foreground.
|
|
|
4082 */
|
|
|
4083 void
|
|
593
|
4084 gui_mch_set_foreground(void)
|
|
7
|
4085 {
|
|
|
4086 /* TODO */
|
|
|
4087 }
|
|
|
4088 #endif
|
|
|
4089
|
|
|
4090 /*
|
|
|
4091 * Draw a cursor without focus.
|
|
|
4092 */
|
|
|
4093 void
|
|
593
|
4094 gui_mch_draw_hollow_cursor(guicolor_T color)
|
|
7
|
4095 {
|
|
|
4096 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4097
|
|
|
4098 /*
|
|
|
4099 * Note: FrameRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
|
|
|
4100 */
|
|
|
4101 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col);
|
|
|
4102 rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row);
|
|
|
4103 rc.right = rc.left + gui.char_width;
|
|
168
|
4104 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4105 if (mb_lefthalve(gui.row, gui.col))
|
|
|
4106 rc.right += gui.char_width;
|
|
|
4107 #endif
|
|
7
|
4108 rc.bottom = rc.top + gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4109
|
|
|
4110 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color);
|
|
|
4111
|
|
9
|
4112 FrameRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
4113 }
|
|
|
4114
|
|
|
4115 /*
|
|
|
4116 * Draw part of a cursor, only w pixels wide, and h pixels high.
|
|
|
4117 */
|
|
|
4118 void
|
|
593
|
4119 gui_mch_draw_part_cursor(int w, int h, guicolor_T color)
|
|
7
|
4120 {
|
|
|
4121 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4122
|
|
|
4123 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4124 /* vertical line should be on the right of current point */
|
|
|
4125 if (CURSOR_BAR_RIGHT)
|
|
|
4126 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col + 1) - w;
|
|
|
4127 else
|
|
|
4128 #endif
|
|
|
4129 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col);
|
|
|
4130 rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row) + gui.char_height - h;
|
|
|
4131 rc.right = rc.left + w;
|
|
|
4132 rc.bottom = rc.top + h;
|
|
|
4133
|
|
|
4134 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color);
|
|
|
4135
|
|
168
|
4136 FrameRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4137 // PaintRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
4138 }
|
|
|
4139
|
|
|
4140
|
|
|
4141
|
|
|
4142 /*
|
|
|
4143 * Catch up with any queued X events. This may put keyboard input into the
|
|
|
4144 * input buffer, call resize call-backs, trigger timers etc. If there is
|
|
|
4145 * nothing in the X event queue (& no timers pending), then we return
|
|
|
4146 * immediately.
|
|
|
4147 */
|
|
|
4148 void
|
|
593
|
4149 gui_mch_update(void)
|
|
7
|
4150 {
|
|
|
4151 /* TODO: find what to do
|
|
|
4152 * maybe call gui_mch_wait_for_chars (0)
|
|
|
4153 * more like look at EventQueue then
|
|
|
4154 * call heart of gui_mch_wait_for_chars;
|
|
|
4155 *
|
|
|
4156 * if (eventther)
|
|
|
4157 * gui_mac_handle_event(&event);
|
|
|
4158 */
|
|
|
4159 EventRecord theEvent;
|
|
|
4160
|
|
9
|
4161 if (EventAvail(everyEvent, &theEvent))
|
|
7
|
4162 if (theEvent.what != nullEvent)
|
|
|
4163 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(0);
|
|
|
4164 }
|
|
|
4165
|
|
|
4166 /*
|
|
|
4167 * Simple wrapper to neglect more easily the time
|
|
|
4168 * spent inside WaitNextEvent while profiling.
|
|
|
4169 */
|
|
|
4170
|
|
|
4171 pascal
|
|
|
4172 Boolean
|
|
9
|
4173 WaitNextEventWrp(EventMask eventMask, EventRecord *theEvent, UInt32 sleep, RgnHandle mouseRgn)
|
|
7
|
4174 {
|
|
|
4175 if (((long) sleep) < -1)
|
|
|
4176 sleep = 32767;
|
|
|
4177 return WaitNextEvent(eventMask, theEvent, sleep, mouseRgn);
|
|
|
4178 }
|
|
|
4179
|
|
|
4180 /*
|
|
|
4181 * GUI input routine called by gui_wait_for_chars(). Waits for a character
|
|
|
4182 * from the keyboard.
|
|
|
4183 * wtime == -1 Wait forever.
|
|
|
4184 * wtime == 0 This should never happen.
|
|
|
4185 * wtime > 0 Wait wtime milliseconds for a character.
|
|
|
4186 * Returns OK if a character was found to be available within the given time,
|
|
|
4187 * or FAIL otherwise.
|
|
|
4188 */
|
|
|
4189 int
|
|
593
|
4190 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(int wtime)
|
|
7
|
4191 {
|
|
|
4192 EventMask mask = (everyEvent);
|
|
|
4193 EventRecord event;
|
|
|
4194 long entryTick;
|
|
|
4195 long currentTick;
|
|
|
4196 long sleeppyTick;
|
|
|
4197
|
|
|
4198 /* If we are providing life feedback with the scrollbar,
|
|
|
4199 * we don't want to try to wait for an event, or else
|
|
|
4200 * there won't be any life feedback.
|
|
|
4201 */
|
|
|
4202 if (dragged_sb != NULL)
|
|
|
4203 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4204 /* TODO: Check if FAIL is the proper return code */
|
|
|
4205
|
|
|
4206 entryTick = TickCount();
|
|
|
4207
|
|
|
4208 allow_scrollbar = TRUE;
|
|
|
4209
|
|
|
4210 do
|
|
|
4211 {
|
|
|
4212 /* if (dragRectControl == kCreateEmpty)
|
|
|
4213 {
|
|
|
4214 dragRgn = NULL;
|
|
|
4215 dragRectControl = kNothing;
|
|
|
4216 }
|
|
|
4217 else*/ if (dragRectControl == kCreateRect)
|
|
|
4218 {
|
|
|
4219 dragRgn = cursorRgn;
|
|
9
|
4220 RectRgn(dragRgn, &dragRect);
|
|
7
|
4221 dragRectControl = kNothing;
|
|
|
4222 }
|
|
|
4223 /*
|
|
|
4224 * Don't use gui_mch_update() because then we will spin-lock until a
|
|
|
4225 * char arrives, instead we use WaitNextEventWrp() to hang until an
|
|
|
4226 * event arrives. No need to check for input_buf_full because we are
|
|
|
4227 * returning as soon as it contains a single char.
|
|
|
4228 */
|
|
|
4229 /* TODO: reduce wtime accordinly??? */
|
|
|
4230 if (wtime > -1)
|
|
|
4231 sleeppyTick = 60*wtime/1000;
|
|
|
4232 else
|
|
|
4233 sleeppyTick = 32767;
|
|
9
|
4234 if (WaitNextEventWrp(mask, &event, sleeppyTick, dragRgn))
|
|
7
|
4235 {
|
|
9
|
4236 gui_mac_handle_event(&event);
|
|
7
|
4237 if (input_available())
|
|
|
4238 {
|
|
|
4239 allow_scrollbar = FALSE;
|
|
|
4240 return OK;
|
|
|
4241 }
|
|
|
4242 }
|
|
|
4243 currentTick = TickCount();
|
|
|
4244 }
|
|
|
4245 while ((wtime == -1) || ((currentTick - entryTick) < 60*wtime/1000));
|
|
|
4246
|
|
|
4247 allow_scrollbar = FALSE;
|
|
|
4248 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4249 }
|
|
|
4250
|
|
|
4251 /*
|
|
|
4252 * Output routines.
|
|
|
4253 */
|
|
|
4254
|
|
|
4255 /* Flush any output to the screen */
|
|
|
4256 void
|
|
593
|
4257 gui_mch_flush(void)
|
|
7
|
4258 {
|
|
|
4259 /* TODO: Is anything needed here? */
|
|
|
4260 }
|
|
|
4261
|
|
|
4262 /*
|
|
|
4263 * Clear a rectangular region of the screen from text pos (row1, col1) to
|
|
|
4264 * (row2, col2) inclusive.
|
|
|
4265 */
|
|
|
4266 void
|
|
593
|
4267 gui_mch_clear_block(int row1, int col1, int row2, int col2)
|
|
7
|
4268 {
|
|
|
4269 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4270
|
|
|
4271 /*
|
|
|
4272 * Clear one extra pixel at the far right, for when bold characters have
|
|
|
4273 * spilled over to the next column.
|
|
|
4274 */
|
|
|
4275 rc.left = FILL_X(col1);
|
|
|
4276 rc.top = FILL_Y(row1);
|
|
|
4277 rc.right = FILL_X(col2 + 1) + (col2 == Columns - 1);
|
|
|
4278 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row2 + 1);
|
|
|
4279
|
|
|
4280 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
9
|
4281 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
4282 }
|
|
|
4283
|
|
|
4284 /*
|
|
|
4285 * Clear the whole text window.
|
|
|
4286 */
|
|
|
4287 void
|
|
593
|
4288 gui_mch_clear_all(void)
|
|
7
|
4289 {
|
|
|
4290 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4291
|
|
|
4292 rc.left = 0;
|
|
|
4293 rc.top = 0;
|
|
|
4294 rc.right = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_width;
|
|
|
4295 rc.bottom = Rows * gui.char_height + 2 * gui.border_width;
|
|
|
4296
|
|
|
4297 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
4298 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4299 /* gui_mch_set_fg_color(gui.norm_pixel);
|
|
|
4300 FrameRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4301 */
|
|
|
4302 }
|
|
|
4303
|
|
|
4304 /*
|
|
|
4305 * Delete the given number of lines from the given row, scrolling up any
|
|
|
4306 * text further down within the scroll region.
|
|
|
4307 */
|
|
|
4308 void
|
|
593
|
4309 gui_mch_delete_lines(int row, int num_lines)
|
|
7
|
4310 {
|
|
|
4311 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4312
|
|
|
4313 /* changed without checking! */
|
|
|
4314 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left);
|
|
|
4315 rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1);
|
|
|
4316 rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
|
4317 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1);
|
|
|
4318
|
|
|
4319 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
9
|
4320 ScrollRect(&rc, 0, -num_lines * gui.char_height, (RgnHandle) nil);
|
|
7
|
4321
|
|
|
4322 gui_clear_block(gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines + 1,
|
|
|
4323 gui.scroll_region_left,
|
|
|
4324 gui.scroll_region_bot, gui.scroll_region_right);
|
|
|
4325 }
|
|
|
4326
|
|
|
4327 /*
|
|
|
4328 * Insert the given number of lines before the given row, scrolling down any
|
|
|
4329 * following text within the scroll region.
|
|
|
4330 */
|
|
|
4331 void
|
|
593
|
4332 gui_mch_insert_lines(int row, int num_lines)
|
|
7
|
4333 {
|
|
|
4334 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4335
|
|
|
4336 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left);
|
|
|
4337 rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1);
|
|
|
4338 rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
|
4339 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1);
|
|
|
4340
|
|
|
4341 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
4342
|
|
9
|
4343 ScrollRect(&rc, 0, gui.char_height * num_lines, (RgnHandle) nil);
|
|
7
|
4344
|
|
|
4345 /* Update gui.cursor_row if the cursor scrolled or copied over */
|
|
|
4346 if (gui.cursor_row >= gui.row
|
|
|
4347 && gui.cursor_col >= gui.scroll_region_left
|
|
|
4348 && gui.cursor_col <= gui.scroll_region_right)
|
|
|
4349 {
|
|
|
4350 if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines)
|
|
|
4351 gui.cursor_row += num_lines;
|
|
|
4352 else if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot)
|
|
|
4353 gui.cursor_is_valid = FALSE;
|
|
|
4354 }
|
|
|
4355
|
|
|
4356 gui_clear_block(row, gui.scroll_region_left,
|
|
|
4357 row + num_lines - 1, gui.scroll_region_right);
|
|
|
4358 }
|
|
|
4359
|
|
|
4360 /*
|
|
|
4361 * TODO: add a vim format to the clipboard which remember
|
|
|
4362 * LINEWISE, CHARWISE, BLOCKWISE
|
|
|
4363 */
|
|
|
4364
|
|
|
4365 void
|
|
593
|
4366 clip_mch_request_selection(VimClipboard *cbd)
|
|
7
|
4367 {
|
|
|
4368
|
|
|
4369 Handle textOfClip;
|
|
19
|
4370 int flavor = 0;
|
|
7
|
4371 Size scrapSize;
|
|
|
4372 ScrapFlavorFlags scrapFlags;
|
|
|
4373 ScrapRef scrap = nil;
|
|
|
4374 OSStatus error;
|
|
|
4375 int type;
|
|
|
4376 char *searchCR;
|
|
|
4377 char_u *tempclip;
|
|
|
4378
|
|
|
4379
|
|
9
|
4380 error = GetCurrentScrap(&scrap);
|
|
7
|
4381 if (error != noErr)
|
|
|
4382 return;
|
|
|
4383
|
|
9
|
4384 error = GetScrapFlavorFlags(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, &scrapFlags);
|
|
|
4385 if (error == noErr)
|
|
|
4386 {
|
|
|
4387 error = GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, &scrapSize);
|
|
|
4388 if (error == noErr && scrapSize > 1)
|
|
|
4389 flavor = 1;
|
|
|
4390 }
|
|
|
4391
|
|
|
4392 if (flavor == 0)
|
|
|
4393 {
|
|
838
|
4394 error = GetScrapFlavorFlags(scrap, SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, &scrapFlags);
|
|
9
|
4395 if (error != noErr)
|
|
|
4396 return;
|
|
|
4397
|
|
838
|
4398 error = GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, &scrapSize);
|
|
9
|
4399 if (error != noErr)
|
|
|
4400 return;
|
|
|
4401 }
|
|
|
4402
|
|
|
4403 ReserveMem(scrapSize);
|
|
593
|
4404
|
|
838
|
4405 /* In CARBON we don't need a Handle, a pointer is good */
|
|
|
4406 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize);
|
|
|
4407
|
|
|
4408 /* tempclip = lalloc(scrapSize+1, TRUE); */
|
|
|
4409 HLock(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4410 error = GetScrapFlavorData(scrap,
|
|
|
4411 flavor ? VIMSCRAPFLAVOR : SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR,
|
|
|
4412 &scrapSize, *textOfClip);
|
|
|
4413 scrapSize -= flavor;
|
|
|
4414
|
|
|
4415 if (flavor)
|
|
|
4416 type = **textOfClip;
|
|
|
4417 else
|
|
|
4418 type = (strchr(*textOfClip, '\r') != NULL) ? MLINE : MCHAR;
|
|
|
4419
|
|
|
4420 tempclip = lalloc(scrapSize + 1, TRUE);
|
|
|
4421 mch_memmove(tempclip, *textOfClip + flavor, scrapSize);
|
|
|
4422 tempclip[scrapSize] = 0;
|
|
7
|
4423
|
|
766
|
4424 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
838
|
4425 {
|
|
168
|
4426 /* Convert from utf-16 (clipboard) */
|
|
|
4427 size_t encLen = 0;
|
|
|
4428 char_u *to = mac_utf16_to_enc((UniChar *)tempclip, scrapSize, &encLen);
|
|
838
|
4429
|
|
|
4430 if (to != NULL)
|
|
7
|
4431 {
|
|
168
|
4432 scrapSize = encLen;
|
|
|
4433 vim_free(tempclip);
|
|
|
4434 tempclip = to;
|
|
7
|
4435 }
|
|
838
|
4436 }
|
|
7
|
4437 #endif
|
|
502
|
4438
|
|
838
|
4439 searchCR = (char *)tempclip;
|
|
|
4440 while (searchCR != NULL)
|
|
|
4441 {
|
|
|
4442 searchCR = strchr(searchCR, '\r');
|
|
|
4443 if (searchCR != NULL)
|
|
|
4444 *searchCR = '\n';
|
|
7
|
4445 }
|
|
838
|
4446
|
|
|
4447 clip_yank_selection(type, tempclip, scrapSize, cbd);
|
|
|
4448
|
|
|
4449 vim_free(tempclip);
|
|
|
4450 HUnlock(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4451
|
|
|
4452 DisposeHandle(textOfClip);
|
|
7
|
4453 }
|
|
|
4454
|
|
|
4455 void
|
|
593
|
4456 clip_mch_lose_selection(VimClipboard *cbd)
|
|
7
|
4457 {
|
|
|
4458 /*
|
|
|
4459 * TODO: Really nothing to do?
|
|
|
4460 */
|
|
|
4461 }
|
|
|
4462
|
|
|
4463 int
|
|
593
|
4464 clip_mch_own_selection(VimClipboard *cbd)
|
|
7
|
4465 {
|
|
|
4466 return OK;
|
|
|
4467 }
|
|
|
4468
|
|
|
4469 /*
|
|
|
4470 * Send the current selection to the clipboard.
|
|
|
4471 */
|
|
|
4472 void
|
|
593
|
4473 clip_mch_set_selection(VimClipboard *cbd)
|
|
7
|
4474 {
|
|
|
4475 Handle textOfClip;
|
|
|
4476 long scrapSize;
|
|
|
4477 int type;
|
|
|
4478 ScrapRef scrap;
|
|
|
4479
|
|
|
4480 char_u *str = NULL;
|
|
|
4481
|
|
|
4482 if (!cbd->owned)
|
|
|
4483 return;
|
|
|
4484
|
|
|
4485 clip_get_selection(cbd);
|
|
|
4486
|
|
|
4487 /*
|
|
|
4488 * Once we set the clipboard, lose ownership. If another application sets
|
|
|
4489 * the clipboard, we don't want to think that we still own it.
|
|
|
4490 */
|
|
|
4491 cbd->owned = FALSE;
|
|
|
4492
|
|
838
|
4493 type = clip_convert_selection(&str, (long_u *)&scrapSize, cbd);
|
|
7
|
4494
|
|
766
|
4495 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
168
|
4496 size_t utf16_len = 0;
|
|
|
4497 UniChar *to = mac_enc_to_utf16(str, scrapSize, &utf16_len);
|
|
|
4498 if (to)
|
|
7
|
4499 {
|
|
168
|
4500 scrapSize = utf16_len;
|
|
|
4501 vim_free(str);
|
|
|
4502 str = (char_u *)to;
|
|
7
|
4503 }
|
|
|
4504 #endif
|
|
|
4505
|
|
|
4506 if (type >= 0)
|
|
|
4507 {
|
|
|
4508 ClearCurrentScrap();
|
|
593
|
4509
|
|
9
|
4510 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize + 1);
|
|
7
|
4511 HLock(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4512
|
|
9
|
4513 **textOfClip = type;
|
|
168
|
4514 mch_memmove(*textOfClip + 1, str, scrapSize);
|
|
9
|
4515 GetCurrentScrap(&scrap);
|
|
838
|
4516 PutScrapFlavor(scrap, SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, kScrapFlavorMaskNone,
|
|
9
|
4517 scrapSize, *textOfClip + 1);
|
|
|
4518 PutScrapFlavor(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, kScrapFlavorMaskNone,
|
|
|
4519 scrapSize + 1, *textOfClip);
|
|
7
|
4520 HUnlock(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4521 DisposeHandle(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4522 }
|
|
|
4523
|
|
|
4524 vim_free(str);
|
|
|
4525 }
|
|
|
4526
|
|
|
4527 void
|
|
593
|
4528 gui_mch_set_text_area_pos(int x, int y, int w, int h)
|
|
7
|
4529 {
|
|
|
4530 Rect VimBound;
|
|
|
4531
|
|
9
|
4532 /* HideWindow(gui.VimWindow); */
|
|
7
|
4533 GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &VimBound);
|
|
|
4534
|
|
|
4535 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
4536 {
|
|
|
4537 VimBound.left = -gui.scrollbar_width + 1;
|
|
|
4538 }
|
|
|
4539 else
|
|
|
4540 {
|
|
|
4541 VimBound.left = 0;
|
|
|
4542 }
|
|
|
4543
|
|
|
4544 SetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &VimBound);
|
|
|
4545
|
|
9
|
4546 ShowWindow(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
7
|
4547 }
|
|
|
4548
|
|
|
4549 /*
|
|
|
4550 * Menu stuff.
|
|
|
4551 */
|
|
|
4552
|
|
|
4553 void
|
|
593
|
4554 gui_mch_enable_menu(int flag)
|
|
7
|
4555 {
|
|
|
4556 /*
|
|
444
|
4557 * Menu is always active.
|
|
7
|
4558 */
|
|
|
4559 }
|
|
|
4560
|
|
|
4561 void
|
|
593
|
4562 gui_mch_set_menu_pos(int x, int y, int w, int h)
|
|
7
|
4563 {
|
|
|
4564 /*
|
|
444
|
4565 * The menu is always at the top of the screen.
|
|
7
|
4566 */
|
|
|
4567 }
|
|
|
4568
|
|
|
4569 /*
|
|
|
4570 * Add a sub menu to the menu bar.
|
|
|
4571 */
|
|
|
4572 void
|
|
593
|
4573 gui_mch_add_menu(vimmenu_T *menu, int idx)
|
|
7
|
4574 {
|
|
|
4575 /*
|
|
|
4576 * TODO: Try to use only menu_id instead of both menu_id and menu_handle.
|
|
|
4577 * TODO: use menu->mnemonic and menu->actext
|
|
|
4578 * TODO: Try to reuse menu id
|
|
|
4579 * Carbon Help suggest to use only id between 1 and 235
|
|
|
4580 */
|
|
|
4581 static long next_avail_id = 128;
|
|
|
4582 long menu_after_me = 0; /* Default to the end */
|
|
593
|
4583 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
4584 CFStringRef name;
|
|
|
4585 #else
|
|
7
|
4586 char_u *name;
|
|
168
|
4587 #endif
|
|
7
|
4588 short index;
|
|
|
4589 vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent;
|
|
|
4590 vimmenu_T *brother = menu->next;
|
|
|
4591
|
|
|
4592 /* Cannot add a menu if ... */
|
|
|
4593 if ((parent != NULL && parent->submenu_id == 0))
|
|
|
4594 return;
|
|
|
4595
|
|
|
4596 /* menu ID greater than 1024 are reserved for ??? */
|
|
|
4597 if (next_avail_id == 1024)
|
|
|
4598 return;
|
|
|
4599
|
|
|
4600 /* My brother could be the PopUp, find my real brother */
|
|
|
4601 while ((brother != NULL) && (!menu_is_menubar(brother->name)))
|
|
|
4602 brother = brother->next;
|
|
|
4603
|
|
|
4604 /* Find where to insert the menu (for MenuBar) */
|
|
|
4605 if ((parent == NULL) && (brother != NULL))
|
|
|
4606 menu_after_me = brother->submenu_id;
|
|
|
4607
|
|
|
4608 /* If the menu is not part of the menubar (and its submenus), add it 'nowhere' */
|
|
|
4609 if (!menu_is_menubar(menu->name))
|
|
|
4610 menu_after_me = hierMenu;
|
|
|
4611
|
|
|
4612 /* Convert the name */
|
|
766
|
4613 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
168
|
4614 name = menu_title_removing_mnemonic(menu);
|
|
|
4615 #else
|
|
7
|
4616 name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname);
|
|
168
|
4617 #endif
|
|
7
|
4618 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
4619 return;
|
|
|
4620
|
|
|
4621 /* Create the menu unless it's the help menu */
|
|
|
4622 {
|
|
|
4623 /* Carbon suggest use of
|
|
9
|
4624 * OSStatus CreateNewMenu(MenuID, MenuAttributes, MenuRef *);
|
|
|
4625 * OSStatus SetMenuTitle(MenuRef, ConstStr255Param title);
|
|
7
|
4626 */
|
|
|
4627 menu->submenu_id = next_avail_id;
|
|
593
|
4628 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
4629 if (CreateNewMenu(menu->submenu_id, 0, (MenuRef *)&menu->submenu_handle) == noErr)
|
|
|
4630 SetMenuTitleWithCFString((MenuRef)menu->submenu_handle, name);
|
|
|
4631 #else
|
|
9
|
4632 menu->submenu_handle = NewMenu(menu->submenu_id, name);
|
|
168
|
4633 #endif
|
|
7
|
4634 next_avail_id++;
|
|
|
4635 }
|
|
|
4636
|
|
|
4637 if (parent == NULL)
|
|
|
4638 {
|
|
|
4639 /* Adding a menu to the menubar, or in the no mans land (for PopUp) */
|
|
|
4640
|
|
|
4641 /* TODO: Verify if we could only Insert Menu if really part of the
|
|
|
4642 * menubar The Inserted menu are scanned or the Command-key combos
|
|
|
4643 */
|
|
|
4644
|
|
593
|
4645 /* Insert the menu */
|
|
|
4646 InsertMenu(menu->submenu_handle, menu_after_me); /* insert before */
|
|
7
|
4647 #if 1
|
|
|
4648 /* Vim should normally update it. TODO: verify */
|
|
|
4649 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
4650 #endif
|
|
|
4651 }
|
|
|
4652 else
|
|
|
4653 {
|
|
|
4654 /* Adding as a submenu */
|
|
|
4655
|
|
9
|
4656 index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu);
|
|
7
|
4657
|
|
|
4658 /* Call InsertMenuItem followed by SetMenuItemText
|
|
|
4659 * to avoid special character recognition by InsertMenuItem
|
|
|
4660 */
|
|
|
4661 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, "\p ", idx); /* afterItem */
|
|
593
|
4662 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
4663 SetMenuItemTextWithCFString(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name);
|
|
|
4664 #else
|
|
7
|
4665 SetMenuItemText(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name);
|
|
168
|
4666 #endif
|
|
7
|
4667 SetItemCmd(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, 0x1B);
|
|
|
4668 SetItemMark(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, menu->submenu_id);
|
|
|
4669 InsertMenu(menu->submenu_handle, hierMenu);
|
|
|
4670 }
|
|
|
4671
|
|
593
|
4672 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
4673 CFRelease(name);
|
|
|
4674 #else
|
|
9
|
4675 vim_free(name);
|
|
168
|
4676 #endif
|
|
7
|
4677
|
|
|
4678 #if 0
|
|
|
4679 /* Done by Vim later on */
|
|
|
4680 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
4681 #endif
|
|
|
4682 }
|
|
|
4683
|
|
|
4684 /*
|
|
|
4685 * Add a menu item to a menu
|
|
|
4686 */
|
|
|
4687 void
|
|
593
|
4688 gui_mch_add_menu_item(vimmenu_T *menu, int idx)
|
|
7
|
4689 {
|
|
593
|
4690 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
4691 CFStringRef name;
|
|
|
4692 #else
|
|
7
|
4693 char_u *name;
|
|
168
|
4694 #endif
|
|
7
|
4695 vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent;
|
|
|
4696 int menu_inserted;
|
|
|
4697
|
|
|
4698 /* Cannot add item, if the menu have not been created */
|
|
|
4699 if (parent->submenu_id == 0)
|
|
|
4700 return;
|
|
|
4701
|
|
|
4702 /* Could call SetMenuRefCon [CARBON] to associate with the Menu,
|
|
|
4703 for older OS call GetMenuItemData (menu, item, isCommandID?, data) */
|
|
|
4704
|
|
|
4705 /* Convert the name */
|
|
766
|
4706 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
168
|
4707 name = menu_title_removing_mnemonic(menu);
|
|
|
4708 #else
|
|
7
|
4709 name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname);
|
|
168
|
4710 #endif
|
|
7
|
4711
|
|
|
4712 /* Where are just a menu item, so no handle, no id */
|
|
|
4713 menu->submenu_id = 0;
|
|
|
4714 menu->submenu_handle = NULL;
|
|
|
4715
|
|
|
4716 menu_inserted = 0;
|
|
|
4717 if (menu->actext)
|
|
|
4718 {
|
|
|
4719 /* If the accelerator text for the menu item looks like it describes
|
|
|
4720 * a command key (e.g., "<D-S-t>" or "<C-7>"), display it as the
|
|
|
4721 * item's command equivalent.
|
|
|
4722 */
|
|
|
4723 int key = 0;
|
|
|
4724 int modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
4725 char_u *p_actext;
|
|
|
4726
|
|
|
4727 p_actext = menu->actext;
|
|
|
4728 key = find_special_key(&p_actext, &modifiers, /*keycode=*/0);
|
|
|
4729 if (*p_actext != 0)
|
|
|
4730 key = 0; /* error: trailing text */
|
|
|
4731 /* find_special_key() returns a keycode with as many of the
|
|
|
4732 * specified modifiers as appropriate already applied (e.g., for
|
|
|
4733 * "<D-C-x>" it returns Ctrl-X as the keycode and MOD_MASK_CMD
|
|
|
4734 * as the only modifier). Since we want to display all of the
|
|
|
4735 * modifiers, we need to convert the keycode back to a printable
|
|
|
4736 * character plus modifiers.
|
|
|
4737 * TODO: Write an alternative find_special_key() that doesn't
|
|
|
4738 * apply modifiers.
|
|
|
4739 */
|
|
|
4740 if (key > 0 && key < 32)
|
|
|
4741 {
|
|
|
4742 /* Convert a control key to an uppercase letter. Note that
|
|
|
4743 * by this point it is no longer possible to distinguish
|
|
|
4744 * between, e.g., Ctrl-S and Ctrl-Shift-S.
|
|
|
4745 */
|
|
|
4746 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
|
4747 key += '@';
|
|
|
4748 }
|
|
|
4749 /* If the keycode is an uppercase letter, set the Shift modifier.
|
|
|
4750 * If it is a lowercase letter, don't set the modifier, but convert
|
|
|
4751 * the letter to uppercase for display in the menu.
|
|
|
4752 */
|
|
|
4753 else if (key >= 'A' && key <= 'Z')
|
|
|
4754 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
4755 else if (key >= 'a' && key <= 'z')
|
|
|
4756 key += 'A' - 'a';
|
|
|
4757 /* Note: keycodes below 0x22 are reserved by Apple. */
|
|
|
4758 if (key >= 0x22 && vim_isprintc_strict(key))
|
|
|
4759 {
|
|
|
4760 int valid = 1;
|
|
|
4761 char_u mac_mods = kMenuNoModifiers;
|
|
|
4762 /* Convert Vim modifier codes to Menu Manager equivalents. */
|
|
|
4763 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
4764 mac_mods |= kMenuShiftModifier;
|
|
|
4765 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
|
4766 mac_mods |= kMenuControlModifier;
|
|
|
4767 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD))
|
|
|
4768 mac_mods |= kMenuNoCommandModifier;
|
|
|
4769 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT || modifiers & MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK)
|
|
|
4770 valid = 0; /* TODO: will Alt someday map to Option? */
|
|
|
4771 if (valid)
|
|
|
4772 {
|
|
|
4773 char_u item_txt[10];
|
|
|
4774 /* Insert the menu item after idx, with its command key. */
|
|
|
4775 item_txt[0] = 3; item_txt[1] = ' '; item_txt[2] = '/';
|
|
|
4776 item_txt[3] = key;
|
|
|
4777 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, item_txt, idx);
|
|
|
4778 /* Set the modifier keys. */
|
|
|
4779 SetMenuItemModifiers(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, mac_mods);
|
|
|
4780 menu_inserted = 1;
|
|
|
4781 }
|
|
|
4782 }
|
|
|
4783 }
|
|
|
4784 /* Call InsertMenuItem followed by SetMenuItemText
|
|
|
4785 * to avoid special character recognition by InsertMenuItem
|
|
|
4786 */
|
|
|
4787 if (!menu_inserted)
|
|
|
4788 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, "\p ", idx); /* afterItem */
|
|
|
4789 /* Set the menu item name. */
|
|
593
|
4790 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
4791 SetMenuItemTextWithCFString(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name);
|
|
|
4792 #else
|
|
7
|
4793 SetMenuItemText(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name);
|
|
168
|
4794 #endif
|
|
7
|
4795
|
|
|
4796 #if 0
|
|
|
4797 /* Called by Vim */
|
|
|
4798 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
4799 #endif
|
|
|
4800
|
|
593
|
4801 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
4802 CFRelease(name);
|
|
|
4803 #else
|
|
7
|
4804 /* TODO: Can name be freed? */
|
|
|
4805 vim_free(name);
|
|
168
|
4806 #endif
|
|
7
|
4807 }
|
|
|
4808
|
|
|
4809 void
|
|
593
|
4810 gui_mch_toggle_tearoffs(int enable)
|
|
7
|
4811 {
|
|
|
4812 /* no tearoff menus */
|
|
|
4813 }
|
|
|
4814
|
|
|
4815 /*
|
|
|
4816 * Destroy the machine specific menu widget.
|
|
|
4817 */
|
|
|
4818 void
|
|
593
|
4819 gui_mch_destroy_menu(vimmenu_T *menu)
|
|
7
|
4820 {
|
|
9
|
4821 short index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu);
|
|
7
|
4822
|
|
|
4823 if (index > 0)
|
|
|
4824 {
|
|
|
4825 if (menu->parent)
|
|
|
4826 {
|
|
|
4827 {
|
|
|
4828 /* For now just don't delete help menu items. (Huh? Dany) */
|
|
9
|
4829 DeleteMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
7
|
4830
|
|
|
4831 /* Delete the Menu if it was a hierarchical Menu */
|
|
|
4832 if (menu->submenu_id != 0)
|
|
|
4833 {
|
|
9
|
4834 DeleteMenu(menu->submenu_id);
|
|
|
4835 DisposeMenu(menu->submenu_handle);
|
|
7
|
4836 }
|
|
|
4837 }
|
|
|
4838 }
|
|
|
4839 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_MENU
|
|
|
4840 else
|
|
|
4841 {
|
|
9
|
4842 printf("gmdm 2\n");
|
|
7
|
4843 }
|
|
|
4844 #endif
|
|
|
4845 }
|
|
|
4846 else
|
|
|
4847 {
|
|
|
4848 {
|
|
9
|
4849 DeleteMenu(menu->submenu_id);
|
|
|
4850 DisposeMenu(menu->submenu_handle);
|
|
7
|
4851 }
|
|
|
4852 }
|
|
|
4853 /* Shouldn't this be already done by Vim. TODO: Check */
|
|
|
4854 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
4855 }
|
|
|
4856
|
|
|
4857 /*
|
|
|
4858 * Make a menu either grey or not grey.
|
|
|
4859 */
|
|
|
4860 void
|
|
593
|
4861 gui_mch_menu_grey(vimmenu_T *menu, int grey)
|
|
7
|
4862 {
|
|
|
4863 /* TODO: Check if menu really exists */
|
|
9
|
4864 short index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu);
|
|
7
|
4865 /*
|
|
|
4866 index = menu->index;
|
|
|
4867 */
|
|
|
4868 if (grey)
|
|
|
4869 {
|
|
|
4870 if (menu->children)
|
|
|
4871 DisableMenuItem(menu->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
4872 if (menu->parent)
|
|
|
4873 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle)
|
|
|
4874 DisableMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
4875 }
|
|
|
4876 else
|
|
|
4877 {
|
|
|
4878 if (menu->children)
|
|
|
4879 EnableMenuItem(menu->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
4880 if (menu->parent)
|
|
|
4881 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle)
|
|
|
4882 EnableMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
4883 }
|
|
|
4884 }
|
|
|
4885
|
|
|
4886 /*
|
|
|
4887 * Make menu item hidden or not hidden
|
|
|
4888 */
|
|
|
4889 void
|
|
593
|
4890 gui_mch_menu_hidden(vimmenu_T *menu, int hidden)
|
|
7
|
4891 {
|
|
|
4892 /* There's no hidden mode on MacOS */
|
|
9
|
4893 gui_mch_menu_grey(menu, hidden);
|
|
7
|
4894 }
|
|
|
4895
|
|
|
4896
|
|
|
4897 /*
|
|
|
4898 * This is called after setting all the menus to grey/hidden or not.
|
|
|
4899 */
|
|
|
4900 void
|
|
593
|
4901 gui_mch_draw_menubar(void)
|
|
7
|
4902 {
|
|
|
4903 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
4904 }
|
|
|
4905
|
|
|
4906
|
|
|
4907 /*
|
|
|
4908 * Scrollbar stuff.
|
|
|
4909 */
|
|
|
4910
|
|
|
4911 void
|
|
593
|
4912 gui_mch_enable_scrollbar(
|
|
|
4913 scrollbar_T *sb,
|
|
|
4914 int flag)
|
|
7
|
4915 {
|
|
|
4916 if (flag)
|
|
|
4917 ShowControl(sb->id);
|
|
|
4918 else
|
|
|
4919 HideControl(sb->id);
|
|
|
4920
|
|
|
4921 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
4922 printf("enb_sb (%x) %x\n",sb->id, flag);
|
|
7
|
4923 #endif
|
|
|
4924 }
|
|
|
4925
|
|
|
4926 void
|
|
593
|
4927 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(
|
|
|
4928 scrollbar_T *sb,
|
|
|
4929 long val,
|
|
|
4930 long size,
|
|
|
4931 long max)
|
|
7
|
4932 {
|
|
|
4933 SetControl32BitMaximum (sb->id, max);
|
|
|
4934 SetControl32BitMinimum (sb->id, 0);
|
|
|
4935 SetControl32BitValue (sb->id, val);
|
|
1107
|
4936 SetControlViewSize (sb->id, size);
|
|
7
|
4937 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
4938 printf("thumb_sb (%x) %x, %x,%x\n",sb->id, val, size, max);
|
|
7
|
4939 #endif
|
|
|
4940 }
|
|
|
4941
|
|
|
4942 void
|
|
593
|
4943 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_pos(
|
|
|
4944 scrollbar_T *sb,
|
|
|
4945 int x,
|
|
|
4946 int y,
|
|
|
4947 int w,
|
|
|
4948 int h)
|
|
7
|
4949 {
|
|
|
4950 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
4951 /* if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
4952 {
|
|
9
|
4953 MoveControl(sb->id, x-16, y);
|
|
|
4954 SizeControl(sb->id, w + 1, h);
|
|
7
|
4955 }
|
|
|
4956 else
|
|
|
4957 {
|
|
9
|
4958 MoveControl(sb->id, x, y);
|
|
|
4959 SizeControl(sb->id, w + 1, h);
|
|
7
|
4960 }*/
|
|
|
4961 if (sb == &gui.bottom_sbar)
|
|
|
4962 h += 1;
|
|
|
4963 else
|
|
|
4964 w += 1;
|
|
|
4965
|
|
|
4966 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
4967 x -= 15;
|
|
|
4968
|
|
9
|
4969 MoveControl(sb->id, x, y);
|
|
|
4970 SizeControl(sb->id, w, h);
|
|
7
|
4971 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
4972 printf("size_sb (%x) %x, %x, %x, %x\n",sb->id, x, y, w, h);
|
|
7
|
4973 #endif
|
|
|
4974 }
|
|
|
4975
|
|
|
4976 void
|
|
593
|
4977 gui_mch_create_scrollbar(
|
|
|
4978 scrollbar_T *sb,
|
|
|
4979 int orient) /* SBAR_VERT or SBAR_HORIZ */
|
|
7
|
4980 {
|
|
|
4981 Rect bounds;
|
|
|
4982
|
|
|
4983 bounds.top = -16;
|
|
|
4984 bounds.bottom = -10;
|
|
|
4985 bounds.right = -10;
|
|
|
4986 bounds.left = -16;
|
|
|
4987
|
|
9
|
4988 sb->id = NewControl(gui.VimWindow,
|
|
7
|
4989 &bounds,
|
|
|
4990 "\pScrollBar",
|
|
|
4991 TRUE,
|
|
|
4992 0, /* current*/
|
|
|
4993 0, /* top */
|
|
|
4994 0, /* bottom */
|
|
|
4995 kControlScrollBarLiveProc,
|
|
|
4996 (long) sb->ident);
|
|
|
4997 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
4998 printf("create_sb (%x) %x\n",sb->id, orient);
|
|
7
|
4999 #endif
|
|
|
5000 }
|
|
|
5001
|
|
|
5002 void
|
|
593
|
5003 gui_mch_destroy_scrollbar(scrollbar_T *sb)
|
|
7
|
5004 {
|
|
|
5005 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
9
|
5006 DisposeControl(sb->id);
|
|
7
|
5007 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
5008 printf("dest_sb (%x) \n",sb->id);
|
|
7
|
5009 #endif
|
|
|
5010 }
|
|
|
5011
|
|
|
5012
|
|
|
5013 /*
|
|
|
5014 * Cursor blink functions.
|
|
|
5015 *
|
|
|
5016 * This is a simple state machine:
|
|
|
5017 * BLINK_NONE not blinking at all
|
|
|
5018 * BLINK_OFF blinking, cursor is not shown
|
|
|
5019 * BLINK_ON blinking, cursor is shown
|
|
|
5020 */
|
|
|
5021 void
|
|
|
5022 gui_mch_set_blinking(long wait, long on, long off)
|
|
|
5023 {
|
|
|
5024 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */
|
|
|
5025 /* blink_waittime = wait;
|
|
|
5026 blink_ontime = on;
|
|
|
5027 blink_offtime = off;*/
|
|
|
5028 }
|
|
|
5029
|
|
|
5030 /*
|
|
|
5031 * Stop the cursor blinking. Show the cursor if it wasn't shown.
|
|
|
5032 */
|
|
|
5033 void
|
|
593
|
5034 gui_mch_stop_blink(void)
|
|
7
|
5035 {
|
|
|
5036 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5037 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */
|
|
|
5038 /* gui_w32_rm_blink_timer();
|
|
|
5039 if (blink_state == BLINK_OFF)
|
|
|
5040 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5041 blink_state = BLINK_NONE;*/
|
|
|
5042 }
|
|
|
5043
|
|
|
5044 /*
|
|
|
5045 * Start the cursor blinking. If it was already blinking, this restarts the
|
|
|
5046 * waiting time and shows the cursor.
|
|
|
5047 */
|
|
|
5048 void
|
|
593
|
5049 gui_mch_start_blink(void)
|
|
7
|
5050 {
|
|
|
5051 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5052 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */
|
|
|
5053 /* gui_w32_rm_blink_timer(); */
|
|
|
5054
|
|
|
5055 /* Only switch blinking on if none of the times is zero */
|
|
|
5056 /* if (blink_waittime && blink_ontime && blink_offtime)
|
|
|
5057 {
|
|
|
5058 blink_timer = SetTimer(NULL, 0, (UINT)blink_waittime,
|
|
|
5059 (TIMERPROC)_OnBlinkTimer);
|
|
|
5060 blink_state = BLINK_ON;
|
|
|
5061 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5062 }*/
|
|
|
5063 }
|
|
|
5064
|
|
|
5065 /*
|
|
|
5066 * Return the RGB value of a pixel as long.
|
|
|
5067 */
|
|
|
5068 long_u
|
|
|
5069 gui_mch_get_rgb(guicolor_T pixel)
|
|
|
5070 {
|
|
|
5071 return (Red(pixel) << 16) + (Green(pixel) << 8) + Blue(pixel);
|
|
|
5072 }
|
|
|
5073
|
|
|
5074
|
|
|
5075
|
|
|
5076 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
|
|
|
5077 /*
|
|
|
5078 * Pop open a file browser and return the file selected, in allocated memory,
|
|
|
5079 * or NULL if Cancel is hit.
|
|
|
5080 * saving - TRUE if the file will be saved to, FALSE if it will be opened.
|
|
|
5081 * title - Title message for the file browser dialog.
|
|
|
5082 * dflt - Default name of file.
|
|
|
5083 * ext - Default extension to be added to files without extensions.
|
|
|
5084 * initdir - directory in which to open the browser (NULL = current dir)
|
|
|
5085 * filter - Filter for matched files to choose from.
|
|
|
5086 * Has a format like this:
|
|
|
5087 * "C Files (*.c)\0*.c\0"
|
|
|
5088 * "All Files\0*.*\0\0"
|
|
|
5089 * If these two strings were concatenated, then a choice of two file
|
|
|
5090 * filters will be selectable to the user. Then only matching files will
|
|
|
5091 * be shown in the browser. If NULL, the default allows all files.
|
|
|
5092 *
|
|
|
5093 * *NOTE* - the filter string must be terminated with TWO nulls.
|
|
|
5094 */
|
|
|
5095 char_u *
|
|
|
5096 gui_mch_browse(
|
|
|
5097 int saving,
|
|
|
5098 char_u *title,
|
|
|
5099 char_u *dflt,
|
|
|
5100 char_u *ext,
|
|
|
5101 char_u *initdir,
|
|
|
5102 char_u *filter)
|
|
|
5103 {
|
|
|
5104 /* TODO: Add Ammon's safety checl (Dany) */
|
|
|
5105 NavReplyRecord reply;
|
|
|
5106 char_u *fname = NULL;
|
|
|
5107 char_u **fnames = NULL;
|
|
|
5108 long numFiles;
|
|
|
5109 NavDialogOptions navOptions;
|
|
|
5110 OSErr error;
|
|
|
5111
|
|
|
5112 /* Get Navigation Service Defaults value */
|
|
9
|
5113 NavGetDefaultDialogOptions(&navOptions);
|
|
7
|
5114
|
|
|
5115
|
|
|
5116 /* TODO: If we get a :browse args, set the Multiple bit. */
|
|
|
5117 navOptions.dialogOptionFlags = kNavAllowInvisibleFiles
|
|
|
5118 | kNavDontAutoTranslate
|
|
|
5119 | kNavDontAddTranslateItems
|
|
|
5120 /* | kNavAllowMultipleFiles */
|
|
|
5121 | kNavAllowStationery;
|
|
|
5122
|
|
9
|
5123 (void) C2PascalString(title, &navOptions.message);
|
|
|
5124 (void) C2PascalString(dflt, &navOptions.savedFileName);
|
|
7
|
5125 /* Could set clientName?
|
|
|
5126 * windowTitle? (there's no title bar?)
|
|
|
5127 */
|
|
|
5128
|
|
|
5129 if (saving)
|
|
|
5130 {
|
|
|
5131 /* Change first parm AEDesc (typeFSS) *defaultLocation to match dflt */
|
|
9
|
5132 NavPutFile(NULL, &reply, &navOptions, NULL, 'TEXT', 'VIM!', NULL);
|
|
7
|
5133 if (!reply.validRecord)
|
|
|
5134 return NULL;
|
|
|
5135 }
|
|
|
5136 else
|
|
|
5137 {
|
|
|
5138 /* Change first parm AEDesc (typeFSS) *defaultLocation to match dflt */
|
|
|
5139 NavGetFile(NULL, &reply, &navOptions, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
5140 if (!reply.validRecord)
|
|
|
5141 return NULL;
|
|
|
5142 }
|
|
|
5143
|
|
|
5144 fnames = new_fnames_from_AEDesc(&reply.selection, &numFiles, &error);
|
|
|
5145
|
|
9
|
5146 NavDisposeReply(&reply);
|
|
7
|
5147
|
|
|
5148 if (fnames)
|
|
|
5149 {
|
|
|
5150 fname = fnames[0];
|
|
|
5151 vim_free(fnames);
|
|
|
5152 }
|
|
|
5153
|
|
|
5154 /* TODO: Shorten the file name if possible */
|
|
|
5155 return fname;
|
|
|
5156 }
|
|
|
5157 #endif /* FEAT_BROWSE */
|
|
|
5158
|
|
|
5159 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_DIALOG
|
|
|
5160 /*
|
|
|
5161 * Stuff for dialogues
|
|
|
5162 */
|
|
|
5163
|
|
|
5164 /*
|
|
|
5165 * Create a dialogue dynamically from the parameter strings.
|
|
|
5166 * type = type of dialogue (question, alert, etc.)
|
|
|
5167 * title = dialogue title. may be NULL for default title.
|
|
|
5168 * message = text to display. Dialogue sizes to accommodate it.
|
|
|
5169 * buttons = '\n' separated list of button captions, default first.
|
|
|
5170 * dfltbutton = number of default button.
|
|
|
5171 *
|
|
|
5172 * This routine returns 1 if the first button is pressed,
|
|
|
5173 * 2 for the second, etc.
|
|
|
5174 *
|
|
|
5175 * 0 indicates Esc was pressed.
|
|
|
5176 * -1 for unexpected error
|
|
|
5177 *
|
|
|
5178 * If stubbing out this fn, return 1.
|
|
|
5179 */
|
|
|
5180
|
|
|
5181 typedef struct
|
|
|
5182 {
|
|
|
5183 short idx;
|
|
|
5184 short width; /* Size of the text in pixel */
|
|
|
5185 Rect box;
|
|
|
5186 } vgmDlgItm; /* Vim Gui_Mac.c Dialog Item */
|
|
|
5187
|
|
|
5188 #define MoveRectTo(r,x,y) OffsetRect(r,x-r->left,y-r->top)
|
|
|
5189
|
|
|
5190 static void
|
|
|
5191 macMoveDialogItem(
|
|
|
5192 DialogRef theDialog,
|
|
|
5193 short itemNumber,
|
|
|
5194 short X,
|
|
|
5195 short Y,
|
|
|
5196 Rect *inBox)
|
|
|
5197 {
|
|
|
5198 #if 0 /* USE_CARBONIZED */
|
|
|
5199 /* Untested */
|
|
9
|
5200 MoveDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, X, Y);
|
|
7
|
5201 if (inBox != nil)
|
|
9
|
5202 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, inBox);
|
|
7
|
5203 #else
|
|
|
5204 short itemType;
|
|
|
5205 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5206 Rect localBox;
|
|
|
5207 Rect *itemBox = &localBox;
|
|
|
5208
|
|
|
5209 if (inBox != nil)
|
|
|
5210 itemBox = inBox;
|
|
|
5211
|
|
9
|
5212 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, itemBox);
|
|
|
5213 OffsetRect(itemBox, -itemBox->left, -itemBox->top);
|
|
|
5214 OffsetRect(itemBox, X, Y);
|
|
7
|
5215 /* To move a control (like a button) we need to call both
|
|
|
5216 * MoveControl and SetDialogItem. FAQ 6-18 */
|
|
|
5217 if (1) /*(itemType & kControlDialogItem) */
|
|
9
|
5218 MoveControl((ControlRef) itemHandle, X, Y);
|
|
|
5219 SetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, itemType, itemHandle, itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5220 #endif
|
|
|
5221 }
|
|
|
5222
|
|
|
5223 static void
|
|
|
5224 macSizeDialogItem(
|
|
|
5225 DialogRef theDialog,
|
|
|
5226 short itemNumber,
|
|
|
5227 short width,
|
|
|
5228 short height)
|
|
|
5229 {
|
|
|
5230 short itemType;
|
|
|
5231 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5232 Rect itemBox;
|
|
|
5233
|
|
9
|
5234 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, &itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5235
|
|
|
5236 /* When width or height is zero do not change it */
|
|
|
5237 if (width == 0)
|
|
|
5238 width = itemBox.right - itemBox.left;
|
|
|
5239 if (height == 0)
|
|
|
5240 height = itemBox.bottom - itemBox.top;
|
|
|
5241
|
|
|
5242 #if 0 /* USE_CARBONIZED */
|
|
9
|
5243 SizeDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, width, height); /* Untested */
|
|
7
|
5244 #else
|
|
|
5245 /* Resize the bounding box */
|
|
|
5246 itemBox.right = itemBox.left + width;
|
|
|
5247 itemBox.bottom = itemBox.top + height;
|
|
|
5248
|
|
|
5249 /* To resize a control (like a button) we need to call both
|
|
|
5250 * SizeControl and SetDialogItem. (deducted from FAQ 6-18) */
|
|
|
5251 if (itemType & kControlDialogItem)
|
|
9
|
5252 SizeControl((ControlRef) itemHandle, width, height);
|
|
7
|
5253
|
|
|
5254 /* Configure back the item */
|
|
9
|
5255 SetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, itemType, itemHandle, &itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5256 #endif
|
|
|
5257 }
|
|
|
5258
|
|
|
5259 static void
|
|
|
5260 macSetDialogItemText(
|
|
|
5261 DialogRef theDialog,
|
|
|
5262 short itemNumber,
|
|
|
5263 Str255 itemName)
|
|
|
5264 {
|
|
|
5265 short itemType;
|
|
|
5266 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5267 Rect itemBox;
|
|
|
5268
|
|
9
|
5269 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, &itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5270
|
|
|
5271 if (itemType & kControlDialogItem)
|
|
9
|
5272 SetControlTitle((ControlRef) itemHandle, itemName);
|
|
7
|
5273 else
|
|
9
|
5274 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, itemName);
|
|
7
|
5275 }
|
|
|
5276
|
|
593
|
5277 /* TODO: There have been some crashes with dialogs, check your inbox
|
|
|
5278 * (Jussi)
|
|
|
5279 */
|
|
7
|
5280 int
|
|
|
5281 gui_mch_dialog(
|
|
|
5282 int type,
|
|
|
5283 char_u *title,
|
|
|
5284 char_u *message,
|
|
|
5285 char_u *buttons,
|
|
|
5286 int dfltbutton,
|
|
|
5287 char_u *textfield)
|
|
|
5288 {
|
|
|
5289 Handle buttonDITL;
|
|
|
5290 Handle iconDITL;
|
|
|
5291 Handle inputDITL;
|
|
|
5292 Handle messageDITL;
|
|
|
5293 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5294 Handle iconHandle;
|
|
|
5295 DialogPtr theDialog;
|
|
|
5296 char_u len;
|
|
|
5297 char_u PascalTitle[256]; /* place holder for the title */
|
|
|
5298 char_u name[256];
|
|
|
5299 GrafPtr oldPort;
|
|
|
5300 short itemHit;
|
|
|
5301 char_u *buttonChar;
|
|
|
5302 Rect box;
|
|
|
5303 short button;
|
|
|
5304 short lastButton;
|
|
|
5305 short itemType;
|
|
|
5306 short useIcon;
|
|
|
5307 short width;
|
|
1377
|
5308 short totalButtonWidth = 0; /* the width of all buttons together
|
|
1212
|
5309 including spacing */
|
|
7
|
5310 short widestButton = 0;
|
|
|
5311 short dfltButtonEdge = 20; /* gut feeling */
|
|
|
5312 short dfltElementSpacing = 13; /* from IM:V.2-29 */
|
|
|
5313 short dfltIconSideSpace = 23; /* from IM:V.2-29 */
|
|
|
5314 short maximumWidth = 400; /* gut feeling */
|
|
|
5315 short maxButtonWidth = 175; /* gut feeling */
|
|
|
5316
|
|
|
5317 short vertical;
|
|
|
5318 short dialogHeight;
|
|
|
5319 short messageLines = 3;
|
|
|
5320 FontInfo textFontInfo;
|
|
|
5321
|
|
|
5322 vgmDlgItm iconItm;
|
|
|
5323 vgmDlgItm messageItm;
|
|
|
5324 vgmDlgItm inputItm;
|
|
|
5325 vgmDlgItm buttonItm;
|
|
|
5326
|
|
|
5327 WindowRef theWindow;
|
|
|
5328
|
|
|
5329 /* Check 'v' flag in 'guioptions': vertical button placement. */
|
|
|
5330 vertical = (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_VERTICAL) != NULL);
|
|
|
5331
|
|
|
5332 /* Create a new Dialog Box from template. */
|
|
9
|
5333 theDialog = GetNewDialog(129, nil, (WindowRef) -1);
|
|
7
|
5334
|
|
|
5335 /* Get the WindowRef */
|
|
|
5336 theWindow = GetDialogWindow(theDialog);
|
|
|
5337
|
|
|
5338 /* Hide the window.
|
|
|
5339 * 1. to avoid seeing slow drawing
|
|
|
5340 * 2. to prevent a problem seen while moving dialog item
|
|
|
5341 * within a visible window. (non-Carbon MacOS 9)
|
|
|
5342 * Could be avoided by changing the resource.
|
|
|
5343 */
|
|
9
|
5344 HideWindow(theWindow);
|
|
7
|
5345
|
|
|
5346 /* Change the graphical port to the dialog,
|
|
|
5347 * so we can measure the text with the proper font */
|
|
9
|
5348 GetPort(&oldPort);
|
|
|
5349 SetPortDialogPort(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5350
|
|
|
5351 /* Get the info about the default text,
|
|
|
5352 * used to calculate the height of the message
|
|
|
5353 * and of the text field */
|
|
|
5354 GetFontInfo(&textFontInfo);
|
|
|
5355
|
|
|
5356 /* Set the dialog title */
|
|
|
5357 if (title != NULL)
|
|
|
5358 {
|
|
9
|
5359 (void) C2PascalString(title, &PascalTitle);
|
|
|
5360 SetWTitle(theWindow, PascalTitle);
|
|
7
|
5361 }
|
|
|
5362
|
|
|
5363 /* Creates the buttons and add them to the Dialog Box. */
|
|
9
|
5364 buttonDITL = GetResource('DITL', 130);
|
|
7
|
5365 buttonChar = buttons;
|
|
|
5366 button = 0;
|
|
|
5367
|
|
|
5368 for (;*buttonChar != 0;)
|
|
|
5369 {
|
|
|
5370 /* Get the name of the button */
|
|
|
5371 button++;
|
|
|
5372 len = 0;
|
|
|
5373 for (;((*buttonChar != DLG_BUTTON_SEP) && (*buttonChar != 0) && (len < 255)); buttonChar++)
|
|
|
5374 {
|
|
|
5375 if (*buttonChar != DLG_HOTKEY_CHAR)
|
|
|
5376 name[++len] = *buttonChar;
|
|
|
5377 }
|
|
|
5378 if (*buttonChar != 0)
|
|
|
5379 buttonChar++;
|
|
|
5380 name[0] = len;
|
|
|
5381
|
|
|
5382 /* Add the button */
|
|
9
|
5383 AppendDITL(theDialog, buttonDITL, overlayDITL); /* appendDITLRight); */
|
|
7
|
5384
|
|
|
5385 /* Change the button's name */
|
|
9
|
5386 macSetDialogItemText(theDialog, button, name);
|
|
7
|
5387
|
|
|
5388 /* Resize the button to fit its name */
|
|
9
|
5389 width = StringWidth(name) + 2 * dfltButtonEdge;
|
|
7
|
5390 /* Limite the size of any button to an acceptable value. */
|
|
|
5391 /* TODO: Should be based on the message width */
|
|
|
5392 if (width > maxButtonWidth)
|
|
|
5393 width = maxButtonWidth;
|
|
9
|
5394 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, button, width, 0);
|
|
7
|
5395
|
|
|
5396 totalButtonWidth += width;
|
|
|
5397
|
|
|
5398 if (width > widestButton)
|
|
|
5399 widestButton = width;
|
|
|
5400 }
|
|
9
|
5401 ReleaseResource(buttonDITL);
|
|
7
|
5402 lastButton = button;
|
|
|
5403
|
|
|
5404 /* Add the icon to the Dialog Box. */
|
|
|
5405 iconItm.idx = lastButton + 1;
|
|
9
|
5406 iconDITL = GetResource('DITL', 131);
|
|
7
|
5407 switch (type)
|
|
|
5408 {
|
|
|
5409 case VIM_GENERIC: useIcon = kNoteIcon;
|
|
|
5410 case VIM_ERROR: useIcon = kStopIcon;
|
|
|
5411 case VIM_WARNING: useIcon = kCautionIcon;
|
|
|
5412 case VIM_INFO: useIcon = kNoteIcon;
|
|
|
5413 case VIM_QUESTION: useIcon = kNoteIcon;
|
|
|
5414 default: useIcon = kStopIcon;
|
|
|
5415 };
|
|
9
|
5416 AppendDITL(theDialog, iconDITL, overlayDITL);
|
|
|
5417 ReleaseResource(iconDITL);
|
|
|
5418 GetDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
7
|
5419 /* TODO: Should the item be freed? */
|
|
9
|
5420 iconHandle = GetIcon(useIcon);
|
|
|
5421 SetDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, itemType, iconHandle, &box);
|
|
7
|
5422
|
|
|
5423 /* Add the message to the Dialog box. */
|
|
|
5424 messageItm.idx = lastButton + 2;
|
|
9
|
5425 messageDITL = GetResource('DITL', 132);
|
|
|
5426 AppendDITL(theDialog, messageDITL, overlayDITL);
|
|
|
5427 ReleaseResource(messageDITL);
|
|
|
5428 GetDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
|
5429 (void) C2PascalString(message, &name);
|
|
|
5430 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, name);
|
|
|
5431 messageItm.width = StringWidth(name);
|
|
7
|
5432
|
|
|
5433 /* Add the input box if needed */
|
|
|
5434 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
5435 {
|
|
857
|
5436 /* Cheat for now reuse the message and convert to text edit */
|
|
7
|
5437 inputItm.idx = lastButton + 3;
|
|
9
|
5438 inputDITL = GetResource('DITL', 132);
|
|
|
5439 AppendDITL(theDialog, inputDITL, overlayDITL);
|
|
|
5440 ReleaseResource(inputDITL);
|
|
|
5441 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
|
5442 /* SetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, kEditTextDialogItem, itemHandle, &box);*/
|
|
|
5443 (void) C2PascalString(textfield, &name);
|
|
|
5444 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, name);
|
|
|
5445 inputItm.width = StringWidth(name);
|
|
7
|
5446 }
|
|
|
5447
|
|
|
5448 /* Set the <ENTER> and <ESC> button. */
|
|
9
|
5449 SetDialogDefaultItem(theDialog, dfltbutton);
|
|
|
5450 SetDialogCancelItem(theDialog, 0);
|
|
7
|
5451
|
|
|
5452 /* Reposition element */
|
|
|
5453
|
|
|
5454 /* Check if we need to force vertical */
|
|
|
5455 if (totalButtonWidth > maximumWidth)
|
|
|
5456 vertical = TRUE;
|
|
|
5457
|
|
|
5458 /* Place icon */
|
|
9
|
5459 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, dfltIconSideSpace, dfltElementSpacing, &box);
|
|
7
|
5460 iconItm.box.right = box.right;
|
|
|
5461 iconItm.box.bottom = box.bottom;
|
|
|
5462
|
|
|
5463 /* Place Message */
|
|
|
5464 messageItm.box.left = iconItm.box.right + dfltIconSideSpace;
|
|
9
|
5465 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, 0, messageLines * (textFontInfo.ascent + textFontInfo.descent));
|
|
|
5466 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, messageItm.box.left, dfltElementSpacing, &messageItm.box);
|
|
7
|
5467
|
|
|
5468 /* Place Input */
|
|
|
5469 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
5470 {
|
|
|
5471 inputItm.box.left = messageItm.box.left;
|
|
|
5472 inputItm.box.top = messageItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
9
|
5473 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, 0, textFontInfo.ascent + textFontInfo.descent);
|
|
|
5474 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, inputItm.box.left, inputItm.box.top, &inputItm.box);
|
|
7
|
5475 /* Convert the static text into a text edit.
|
|
|
5476 * For some reason this change need to be done last (Dany) */
|
|
9
|
5477 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &inputItm.box);
|
|
|
5478 SetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, kEditTextDialogItem, itemHandle, &inputItm.box);
|
|
7
|
5479 SelectDialogItemText(theDialog, inputItm.idx, 0, 32767);
|
|
|
5480 }
|
|
|
5481
|
|
|
5482 /* Place Button */
|
|
|
5483 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
5484 {
|
|
|
5485 buttonItm.box.left = inputItm.box.left;
|
|
|
5486 buttonItm.box.top = inputItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5487 }
|
|
|
5488 else
|
|
|
5489 {
|
|
|
5490 buttonItm.box.left = messageItm.box.left;
|
|
|
5491 buttonItm.box.top = messageItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5492 }
|
|
|
5493
|
|
|
5494 for (button=1; button <= lastButton; button++)
|
|
|
5495 {
|
|
|
5496
|
|
9
|
5497 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, button, buttonItm.box.left, buttonItm.box.top, &box);
|
|
1377
|
5498 /* With vertical, it's better to have all buttons the same length */
|
|
7
|
5499 if (vertical)
|
|
|
5500 {
|
|
9
|
5501 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, button, widestButton, 0);
|
|
|
5502 GetDialogItem(theDialog, button, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
7
|
5503 }
|
|
|
5504 /* Calculate position of next button */
|
|
|
5505 if (vertical)
|
|
|
5506 buttonItm.box.top = box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5507 else
|
|
|
5508 buttonItm.box.left = box.right + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5509 }
|
|
|
5510
|
|
|
5511 /* Resize the dialog box */
|
|
|
5512 dialogHeight = box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5513 SizeWindow(theWindow, maximumWidth, dialogHeight, TRUE);
|
|
|
5514
|
|
|
5515 /* Magic resize */
|
|
9
|
5516 AutoSizeDialog(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5517 /* Need a horizontal resize anyway so not that useful */
|
|
|
5518
|
|
|
5519 /* Display it */
|
|
|
5520 ShowWindow(theWindow);
|
|
|
5521 /* BringToFront(theWindow); */
|
|
|
5522 SelectWindow(theWindow);
|
|
|
5523
|
|
9
|
5524 /* DrawDialog(theDialog); */
|
|
7
|
5525 #if 0
|
|
9
|
5526 GetPort(&oldPort);
|
|
|
5527 SetPortDialogPort(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5528 #endif
|
|
|
5529
|
|
857
|
5530 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
|
5531 /* Avoid that we use key events for the main window. */
|
|
|
5532 dialog_busy = TRUE;
|
|
|
5533 #endif
|
|
|
5534
|
|
7
|
5535 /* Hang until one of the button is hit */
|
|
|
5536 do
|
|
|
5537 {
|
|
9
|
5538 ModalDialog(nil, &itemHit);
|
|
7
|
5539 } while ((itemHit < 1) || (itemHit > lastButton));
|
|
|
5540
|
|
857
|
5541 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
|
5542 dialog_busy = FALSE;
|
|
|
5543 #endif
|
|
|
5544
|
|
7
|
5545 /* Copy back the text entered by the user into the param */
|
|
|
5546 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
5547 {
|
|
9
|
5548 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
|
5549 GetDialogItemText(itemHandle, (char_u *) &name);
|
|
7
|
5550 #if IOSIZE < 256
|
|
|
5551 /* Truncate the name to IOSIZE if needed */
|
|
|
5552 if (name[0] > IOSIZE)
|
|
|
5553 name[0] = IOSIZE - 1;
|
|
|
5554 #endif
|
|
418
|
5555 vim_strncpy(textfield, &name[1], name[0]);
|
|
7
|
5556 }
|
|
|
5557
|
|
|
5558 /* Restore the original graphical port */
|
|
9
|
5559 SetPort(oldPort);
|
|
7
|
5560
|
|
|
5561 /* Get ride of th edialog (free memory) */
|
|
9
|
5562 DisposeDialog(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5563
|
|
|
5564 return itemHit;
|
|
|
5565 /*
|
|
|
5566 * Usefull thing which could be used
|
|
|
5567 * SetDialogTimeout(): Auto click a button after timeout
|
|
|
5568 * SetDialogTracksCursor() : Get the I-beam cursor over input box
|
|
|
5569 * MoveDialogItem(): Probably better than SetDialogItem
|
|
|
5570 * SizeDialogItem(): (but is it Carbon Only?)
|
|
1373
|
5571 * AutoSizeDialog(): Magic resize of dialog based on text length
|
|
7
|
5572 */
|
|
|
5573 }
|
|
|
5574 #endif /* FEAT_DIALOG_GUI */
|
|
|
5575
|
|
|
5576 /*
|
|
|
5577 * Display the saved error message(s).
|
|
|
5578 */
|
|
|
5579 #ifdef USE_MCH_ERRMSG
|
|
|
5580 void
|
|
593
|
5581 display_errors(void)
|
|
7
|
5582 {
|
|
|
5583 char *p;
|
|
|
5584 char_u pError[256];
|
|
|
5585
|
|
593
|
5586 if (error_ga.ga_data == NULL)
|
|
|
5587 return;
|
|
|
5588
|
|
|
5589 /* avoid putting up a message box with blanks only */
|
|
|
5590 for (p = (char *)error_ga.ga_data; *p; ++p)
|
|
|
5591 if (!isspace(*p))
|
|
|
5592 {
|
|
|
5593 if (STRLEN(p) > 255)
|
|
|
5594 pError[0] = 255;
|
|
|
5595 else
|
|
|
5596 pError[0] = STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
5597
|
|
|
5598 STRNCPY(&pError[1], p, pError[0]);
|
|
|
5599 ParamText(pError, nil, nil, nil);
|
|
|
5600 Alert(128, nil);
|
|
|
5601 break;
|
|
|
5602 /* TODO: handled message longer than 256 chars
|
|
|
5603 * use auto-sizeable alert
|
|
|
5604 * or dialog with scrollbars (TextEdit zone)
|
|
|
5605 */
|
|
|
5606 }
|
|
|
5607 ga_clear(&error_ga);
|
|
7
|
5608 }
|
|
|
5609 #endif
|
|
|
5610
|
|
|
5611 /*
|
|
87
|
5612 * Get current mouse coordinates in text window.
|
|
7
|
5613 */
|
|
95
|
5614 void
|
|
|
5615 gui_mch_getmouse(int *x, int *y)
|
|
7
|
5616 {
|
|
|
5617 Point where;
|
|
|
5618
|
|
|
5619 GetMouse(&where);
|
|
|
5620
|
|
87
|
5621 *x = where.h;
|
|
|
5622 *y = where.v;
|
|
7
|
5623 }
|
|
|
5624
|
|
|
5625 void
|
|
593
|
5626 gui_mch_setmouse(int x, int y)
|
|
7
|
5627 {
|
|
|
5628 /* TODO */
|
|
|
5629 #if 0
|
|
|
5630 /* From FAQ 3-11 */
|
|
|
5631
|
|
|
5632 CursorDevicePtr myMouse;
|
|
|
5633 Point where;
|
|
|
5634
|
|
9
|
5635 if ( NGetTrapAddress(_CursorDeviceDispatch, ToolTrap)
|
|
|
5636 != NGetTrapAddress(_Unimplemented, ToolTrap))
|
|
7
|
5637 {
|
|
|
5638 /* New way */
|
|
|
5639
|
|
|
5640 /*
|
|
|
5641 * Get first devoice with one button.
|
|
|
5642 * This will probably be the standad mouse
|
|
|
5643 * startat head of cursor dev list
|
|
|
5644 *
|
|
|
5645 */
|
|
|
5646
|
|
|
5647 myMouse = nil;
|
|
|
5648
|
|
|
5649 do
|
|
|
5650 {
|
|
|
5651 /* Get the next cursor device */
|
|
|
5652 CursorDeviceNextDevice(&myMouse);
|
|
|
5653 }
|
|
9
|
5654 while ((myMouse != nil) && (myMouse->cntButtons != 1));
|
|
|
5655
|
|
|
5656 CursorDeviceMoveTo(myMouse, x, y);
|
|
7
|
5657 }
|
|
|
5658 else
|
|
|
5659 {
|
|
|
5660 /* Old way */
|
|
|
5661 where.h = x;
|
|
|
5662 where.v = y;
|
|
|
5663
|
|
|
5664 *(Point *)RawMouse = where;
|
|
|
5665 *(Point *)MTemp = where;
|
|
|
5666 *(Ptr) CrsrNew = 0xFFFF;
|
|
|
5667 }
|
|
|
5668 #endif
|
|
|
5669 }
|
|
|
5670
|
|
|
5671 void
|
|
593
|
5672 gui_mch_show_popupmenu(vimmenu_T *menu)
|
|
7
|
5673 {
|
|
|
5674 /*
|
|
|
5675 * Clone PopUp to use menu
|
|
|
5676 * Create a object descriptor for the current selection
|
|
|
5677 * Call the procedure
|
|
|
5678 */
|
|
|
5679
|
|
|
5680 MenuHandle CntxMenu;
|
|
|
5681 Point where;
|
|
|
5682 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
5683 UInt32 CntxType;
|
|
|
5684 SInt16 CntxMenuID;
|
|
|
5685 UInt16 CntxMenuItem;
|
|
|
5686 Str255 HelpName = "";
|
|
|
5687 GrafPtr savePort;
|
|
|
5688
|
|
|
5689 /* Save Current Port: On MacOS X we seem to lose the port */
|
|
9
|
5690 GetPort(&savePort); /*OSX*/
|
|
|
5691
|
|
|
5692 GetMouse(&where);
|
|
|
5693 LocalToGlobal(&where); /*OSX*/
|
|
7
|
5694 CntxMenu = menu->submenu_handle;
|
|
|
5695
|
|
|
5696 /* TODO: Get the text selection from Vim */
|
|
|
5697
|
|
|
5698 /* Call to Handle Popup */
|
|
1089
|
5699 status = ContextualMenuSelect(CntxMenu, where, false, kCMHelpItemRemoveHelp,
|
|
1012
|
5700 HelpName, NULL, &CntxType, &CntxMenuID, &CntxMenuItem);
|
|
7
|
5701
|
|
|
5702 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
5703 {
|
|
|
5704 if (CntxType == kCMMenuItemSelected)
|
|
|
5705 {
|
|
|
5706 /* Handle the menu CntxMenuID, CntxMenuItem */
|
|
|
5707 /* The submenu can be handle directly by gui_mac_handle_menu */
|
|
1012
|
5708 /* But what about the current menu, is the menu changed by
|
|
|
5709 * ContextualMenuSelect */
|
|
9
|
5710 gui_mac_handle_menu((CntxMenuID << 16) + CntxMenuItem);
|
|
7
|
5711 }
|
|
|
5712 else if (CntxMenuID == kCMShowHelpSelected)
|
|
|
5713 {
|
|
|
5714 /* Should come up with the help */
|
|
|
5715 }
|
|
|
5716 }
|
|
|
5717
|
|
|
5718 /* Restore original Port */
|
|
9
|
5719 SetPort(savePort); /*OSX*/
|
|
7
|
5720 }
|
|
|
5721
|
|
|
5722 #if defined(FEAT_CW_EDITOR) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5723 /* TODO: Is it need for MACOS_X? (Dany) */
|
|
|
5724 void
|
|
|
5725 mch_post_buffer_write(buf_T *buf)
|
|
|
5726 {
|
|
9
|
5727 GetFSSpecFromPath(buf->b_ffname, &buf->b_FSSpec);
|
|
|
5728 Send_KAHL_MOD_AE(buf);
|
|
7
|
5729 }
|
|
|
5730 #endif
|
|
|
5731
|
|
|
5732 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
|
|
|
5733 /*
|
|
|
5734 * Set the window title and icon.
|
|
|
5735 * (The icon is not taken care of).
|
|
|
5736 */
|
|
|
5737 void
|
|
593
|
5738 gui_mch_settitle(char_u *title, char_u *icon)
|
|
7
|
5739 {
|
|
|
5740 /* TODO: Get vim to make sure maxlen (from p_titlelen) is smaller
|
|
|
5741 * that 256. Even better get it to fit nicely in the titlebar.
|
|
|
5742 */
|
|
766
|
5743 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
168
|
5744 CFStringRef windowTitle;
|
|
|
5745 size_t windowTitleLen;
|
|
|
5746 #else
|
|
7
|
5747 char_u *pascalTitle;
|
|
168
|
5748 #endif
|
|
7
|
5749
|
|
|
5750 if (title == NULL) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
5751 return;
|
|
|
5752
|
|
766
|
5753 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
168
|
5754 windowTitleLen = STRLEN(title);
|
|
|
5755 windowTitle = mac_enc_to_cfstring(title, windowTitleLen);
|
|
|
5756
|
|
|
5757 if (windowTitle)
|
|
|
5758 {
|
|
|
5759 SetWindowTitleWithCFString(gui.VimWindow, windowTitle);
|
|
|
5760 CFRelease(windowTitle);
|
|
|
5761 }
|
|
|
5762 #else
|
|
7
|
5763 pascalTitle = C2Pascal_save(title);
|
|
|
5764 if (pascalTitle != NULL)
|
|
|
5765 {
|
|
|
5766 SetWTitle(gui.VimWindow, pascalTitle);
|
|
|
5767 vim_free(pascalTitle);
|
|
|
5768 }
|
|
168
|
5769 #endif
|
|
7
|
5770 }
|
|
|
5771 #endif
|
|
|
5772
|
|
|
5773 /*
|
|
|
5774 * Transfered from os_mac.c for MacOS X using os_unix.c prep work
|
|
|
5775 */
|
|
|
5776
|
|
|
5777 int
|
|
593
|
5778 C2PascalString(char_u *CString, Str255 *PascalString)
|
|
7
|
5779 {
|
|
|
5780 char_u *PascalPtr = (char_u *) PascalString;
|
|
|
5781 int len;
|
|
|
5782 int i;
|
|
|
5783
|
|
|
5784 PascalPtr[0] = 0;
|
|
|
5785 if (CString == NULL)
|
|
|
5786 return 0;
|
|
|
5787
|
|
|
5788 len = STRLEN(CString);
|
|
|
5789 if (len > 255)
|
|
|
5790 len = 255;
|
|
|
5791
|
|
|
5792 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
|
|
|
5793 PascalPtr[i+1] = CString[i];
|
|
|
5794
|
|
|
5795 PascalPtr[0] = len;
|
|
|
5796
|
|
|
5797 return 0;
|
|
|
5798 }
|
|
|
5799
|
|
|
5800 int
|
|
593
|
5801 GetFSSpecFromPath(char_u *file, FSSpec *fileFSSpec)
|
|
7
|
5802 {
|
|
|
5803 /* From FAQ 8-12 */
|
|
|
5804 Str255 filePascal;
|
|
|
5805 CInfoPBRec myCPB;
|
|
|
5806 OSErr err;
|
|
|
5807
|
|
9
|
5808 (void) C2PascalString(file, &filePascal);
|
|
7
|
5809
|
|
|
5810 myCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = filePascal;
|
|
|
5811 myCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = 0;
|
|
|
5812 myCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0;
|
|
|
5813 myCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = 0;
|
|
|
5814
|
|
9
|
5815 err= PBGetCatInfo(&myCPB, false);
|
|
7
|
5816
|
|
|
5817 /* vRefNum, dirID, name */
|
|
9
|
5818 FSMakeFSSpec(0, 0, filePascal, fileFSSpec);
|
|
7
|
5819
|
|
|
5820 /* TODO: Use an error code mechanism */
|
|
|
5821 return 0;
|
|
|
5822 }
|
|
|
5823
|
|
|
5824 /*
|
|
|
5825 * Convert a FSSpec to a fuill path
|
|
|
5826 */
|
|
|
5827
|
|
9
|
5828 char_u *FullPathFromFSSpec_save(FSSpec file)
|
|
7
|
5829 {
|
|
|
5830 /*
|
|
|
5831 * TODO: Add protection for 256 char max.
|
|
|
5832 */
|
|
|
5833
|
|
|
5834 CInfoPBRec theCPB;
|
|
|
5835 char_u fname[256];
|
|
|
5836 char_u *filenamePtr = fname;
|
|
|
5837 OSErr error;
|
|
|
5838 int folder = 1;
|
|
|
5839 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
5840 SInt16 dfltVol_vRefNum;
|
|
|
5841 SInt32 dfltVol_dirID;
|
|
|
5842 FSRef refFile;
|
|
|
5843 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
5844 UInt32 pathSize = 256;
|
|
|
5845 char_u pathname[256];
|
|
|
5846 char_u *path = pathname;
|
|
|
5847 #else
|
|
|
5848 Str255 directoryName;
|
|
|
5849 char_u temporary[255];
|
|
|
5850 char_u *temporaryPtr = temporary;
|
|
|
5851 #endif
|
|
|
5852
|
|
|
5853 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
5854 /* Get the default volume */
|
|
|
5855 /* TODO: Remove as this only work if Vim is on the Boot Volume*/
|
|
9
|
5856 error=HGetVol(NULL, &dfltVol_vRefNum, &dfltVol_dirID);
|
|
7
|
5857
|
|
|
5858 if (error)
|
|
|
5859 return NULL;
|
|
|
5860 #endif
|
|
|
5861
|
|
|
5862 /* Start filling fname with file.name */
|
|
418
|
5863 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &file.name[1], file.name[0]);
|
|
7
|
5864
|
|
|
5865 /* Get the info about the file specified in FSSpec */
|
|
|
5866 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0;
|
|
|
5867 theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = file.name;
|
|
|
5868 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum;
|
|
1106
|
5869 /*theCPB.hFileInfo.ioDirID = 0;*/
|
|
7
|
5870 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = file.parID;
|
|
|
5871
|
|
|
5872 /* As ioFDirIndex = 0, get the info of ioNamePtr,
|
|
|
5873 which is relative to ioVrefNum, ioDirID */
|
|
9
|
5874 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB, false);
|
|
7
|
5875
|
|
|
5876 /* If we are called for a new file we expect fnfErr */
|
|
|
5877 if ((error) && (error != fnfErr))
|
|
|
5878 return NULL;
|
|
|
5879
|
|
|
5880 /* Check if it's a file or folder */
|
|
|
5881 /* default to file if file don't exist */
|
|
|
5882 if (((theCPB.hFileInfo.ioFlAttrib & ioDirMask) == 0) || (error))
|
|
|
5883 folder = 0; /* It's not a folder */
|
|
|
5884 else
|
|
|
5885 folder = 1;
|
|
|
5886
|
|
|
5887 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
5888 /*
|
|
|
5889 * The function used here are available in Carbon, but
|
|
|
5890 * do nothing une MacOS 8 and 9
|
|
|
5891 */
|
|
|
5892 if (error == fnfErr)
|
|
|
5893 {
|
|
|
5894 /* If the file to be saved does not already exist, it isn't possible
|
|
|
5895 to convert its FSSpec into an FSRef. But we can construct an
|
|
|
5896 FSSpec for the file's parent folder (since we have its volume and
|
|
|
5897 directory IDs), and since that folder does exist, we can convert
|
|
|
5898 that FSSpec into an FSRef, convert the FSRef in turn into a path,
|
|
|
5899 and, finally, append the filename. */
|
|
|
5900 FSSpec dirSpec;
|
|
|
5901 FSRef dirRef;
|
|
|
5902 Str255 emptyFilename = "\p";
|
|
|
5903 error = FSMakeFSSpec(theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum,
|
|
|
5904 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID, emptyFilename, &dirSpec);
|
|
|
5905 if (error)
|
|
|
5906 return NULL;
|
|
|
5907
|
|
|
5908 error = FSpMakeFSRef(&dirSpec, &dirRef);
|
|
|
5909 if (error)
|
|
|
5910 return NULL;
|
|
|
5911
|
|
|
5912 status = FSRefMakePath(&dirRef, (UInt8*)path, pathSize);
|
|
|
5913 if (status)
|
|
|
5914 return NULL;
|
|
|
5915
|
|
|
5916 STRCAT(path, "/");
|
|
|
5917 STRCAT(path, filenamePtr);
|
|
|
5918 }
|
|
|
5919 else
|
|
|
5920 {
|
|
|
5921 /* If the file to be saved already exists, we can get its full path
|
|
|
5922 by converting its FSSpec into an FSRef. */
|
|
9
|
5923 error=FSpMakeFSRef(&file, &refFile);
|
|
7
|
5924 if (error)
|
|
|
5925 return NULL;
|
|
|
5926
|
|
9
|
5927 status=FSRefMakePath(&refFile, (UInt8 *) path, pathSize);
|
|
7
|
5928 if (status)
|
|
|
5929 return NULL;
|
|
|
5930 }
|
|
|
5931
|
|
|
5932 /* Add a slash at the end if needed */
|
|
|
5933 if (folder)
|
|
9
|
5934 STRCAT(path, "/");
|
|
|
5935
|
|
|
5936 return (vim_strsave(path));
|
|
7
|
5937 #else
|
|
|
5938 /* TODO: Get rid of all USE_UNIXFILENAME below */
|
|
|
5939 /* Set ioNamePtr, it's the same area which is always reused. */
|
|
|
5940 theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName;
|
|
|
5941
|
|
|
5942 /* Trick for first entry, set ioDrParID to the first value
|
|
|
5943 * we want for ioDrDirID*/
|
|
|
5944 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID = file.parID;
|
|
|
5945 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = file.parID;
|
|
|
5946
|
|
9
|
5947 if ((TRUE) && (file.parID != fsRtDirID /*fsRtParID*/))
|
|
7
|
5948 do
|
|
|
5949 {
|
|
|
5950 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1;
|
|
|
5951 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; Already done above. */
|
|
|
5952 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum;
|
|
1212
|
5953 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioDirID = irrelevant when ioFDirIndex = -1 */
|
|
7
|
5954 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID;
|
|
|
5955
|
|
|
5956 /* As ioFDirIndex = -1, get the info of ioDrDirID, */
|
|
|
5957 /* *ioNamePtr[0 TO 31] will be updated */
|
|
9
|
5958 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB,false);
|
|
7
|
5959
|
|
|
5960 if (error)
|
|
|
5961 return NULL;
|
|
|
5962
|
|
|
5963 /* Put the new directoryName in front of the current fname */
|
|
|
5964 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr);
|
|
418
|
5965 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &directoryName[1], directoryName[0]);
|
|
7
|
5966 STRCAT(filenamePtr, ":");
|
|
|
5967 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
5968 }
|
|
|
5969 #if 1 /* def USE_UNIXFILENAME */
|
|
|
5970 while ((theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID != fsRtDirID) /* && */
|
|
|
5971 /* (theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID)*/);
|
|
|
5972 #else
|
|
|
5973 while (theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID);
|
|
|
5974 #endif
|
|
|
5975
|
|
|
5976 /* Get the information about the volume on which the file reside */
|
|
|
5977 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1;
|
|
|
5978 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; Already done above. */
|
|
|
5979 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum;
|
|
1212
|
5980 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioDirID = irrelevant when ioFDirIndex = -1 */
|
|
7
|
5981 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID;
|
|
|
5982
|
|
|
5983 /* As ioFDirIndex = -1, get the info of ioDrDirID, */
|
|
|
5984 /* *ioNamePtr[0 TO 31] will be updated */
|
|
9
|
5985 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB,false);
|
|
7
|
5986
|
|
|
5987 if (error)
|
|
|
5988 return NULL;
|
|
|
5989
|
|
|
5990 /* For MacOS Classic always add the volume name */
|
|
|
5991 /* For MacOS X add the volume name preceded by "Volumes" */
|
|
1212
|
5992 /* when we are not referring to the boot volume */
|
|
7
|
5993 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
5994 if (file.vRefNum != dfltVol_vRefNum)
|
|
|
5995 #endif
|
|
|
5996 {
|
|
|
5997 /* Add the volume name */
|
|
|
5998 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr);
|
|
418
|
5999 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &directoryName[1], directoryName[0]);
|
|
7
|
6000 STRCAT(filenamePtr, ":");
|
|
|
6001 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
6002
|
|
|
6003 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6004 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr);
|
|
|
6005 filenamePtr[0] = 0; /* NULL terminate the string */
|
|
|
6006 STRCAT(filenamePtr, "Volumes:");
|
|
|
6007 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
6008 #endif
|
|
|
6009 }
|
|
|
6010
|
|
|
6011 /* Append final path separator if it's a folder */
|
|
|
6012 if (folder)
|
|
9
|
6013 STRCAT(fname, ":");
|
|
7
|
6014
|
|
|
6015 /* As we use Unix File Name for MacOS X convert it */
|
|
|
6016 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6017 /* Need to insert leading / */
|
|
|
6018 /* TODO: get the above code to use directly the / */
|
|
|
6019 STRCPY(&temporaryPtr[1], filenamePtr);
|
|
|
6020 temporaryPtr[0] = '/';
|
|
|
6021 STRCPY(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
6022 {
|
|
|
6023 char *p;
|
|
|
6024 for (p = fname; *p; p++)
|
|
|
6025 if (*p == ':')
|
|
|
6026 *p = '/';
|
|
|
6027 }
|
|
|
6028 #endif
|
|
|
6029
|
|
9
|
6030 return (vim_strsave(fname));
|
|
7
|
6031 #endif
|
|
|
6032 }
|
|
|
6033
|
|
|
6034 #if defined(USE_IM_CONTROL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6035 /*
|
|
|
6036 * Input Method Control functions.
|
|
|
6037 */
|
|
|
6038
|
|
|
6039 /*
|
|
|
6040 * Notify cursor position to IM.
|
|
|
6041 */
|
|
|
6042 void
|
|
|
6043 im_set_position(int row, int col)
|
|
|
6044 {
|
|
|
6045 /* TODO: Implement me! */
|
|
|
6046 }
|
|
|
6047
|
|
|
6048 /*
|
|
|
6049 * Set IM status on ("active" is TRUE) or off ("active" is FALSE).
|
|
|
6050 */
|
|
|
6051 void
|
|
|
6052 im_set_active(int active)
|
|
|
6053 {
|
|
|
6054 KeyScript(active ? smKeySysScript : smKeyRoman);
|
|
|
6055 }
|
|
|
6056
|
|
|
6057 /*
|
|
|
6058 * Get IM status. When IM is on, return not 0. Else return 0.
|
|
|
6059 */
|
|
|
6060 int
|
|
593
|
6061 im_get_status(void)
|
|
7
|
6062 {
|
|
|
6063 SInt32 script = GetScriptManagerVariable(smKeyScript);
|
|
|
6064 return (script != smRoman
|
|
|
6065 && script == GetScriptManagerVariable(smSysScript)) ? 1 : 0;
|
|
|
6066 }
|
|
1106
|
6067
|
|
7
|
6068 #endif /* defined(USE_IM_CONTROL) || defined(PROTO) */
|
|
1106
|
6069
|
|
|
6070
|
|
|
6071
|
|
|
6072
|
|
|
6073 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6074 // drawer implementation
|
|
|
6075 static MenuRef contextMenu = NULL;
|
|
|
6076 enum
|
|
|
6077 {
|
|
|
6078 kTabContextMenuId = 42,
|
|
|
6079 };
|
|
|
6080
|
|
|
6081 // the caller has to CFRelease() the returned string
|
|
|
6082 static CFStringRef
|
|
|
6083 getTabLabel(tabpage_T *page)
|
|
|
6084 {
|
|
|
6085 get_tabline_label(page, FALSE);
|
|
|
6086 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
|
6087 return mac_enc_to_cfstring(NameBuff, STRLEN(NameBuff));
|
|
|
6088 #else
|
|
|
6089 // TODO: check internal encoding?
|
|
|
6090 return CFStringCreateWithCString(kCFAllocatorDefault, (char *)NameBuff,
|
|
|
6091 kCFStringEncodingMacRoman);
|
|
|
6092 #endif
|
|
|
6093 }
|
|
|
6094
|
|
|
6095
|
|
|
6096 #define DRAWER_SIZE 150
|
|
|
6097 #define DRAWER_INSET 16
|
|
|
6098
|
|
|
6099 static ControlRef dataBrowser = NULL;
|
|
|
6100
|
|
|
6101 // when the tabline is hidden, vim doesn't call update_tabline(). When
|
|
|
6102 // the tabline is shown again, show_tabline() is called before upate_tabline(),
|
|
|
6103 // and because of this, the tab labels and vims internal tabs are out of sync
|
|
|
6104 // for a very short time. to prevent inconsistent state, we store the labels
|
|
|
6105 // of the tabs, not pointers to the tabs (which are invalid for a short time).
|
|
|
6106 static CFStringRef *tabLabels = NULL;
|
|
|
6107 static int tabLabelsSize = 0;
|
|
|
6108
|
|
|
6109 enum
|
|
|
6110 {
|
|
|
6111 kTabsColumn = 'Tabs'
|
|
|
6112 };
|
|
|
6113
|
|
|
6114 static int
|
|
|
6115 getTabCount(void)
|
|
|
6116 {
|
|
|
6117 tabpage_T *tp;
|
|
|
6118 int numTabs = 0;
|
|
|
6119
|
|
|
6120 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next)
|
|
|
6121 ++numTabs;
|
|
|
6122 return numTabs;
|
|
|
6123 }
|
|
|
6124
|
|
|
6125 // data browser item display callback
|
|
|
6126 static OSStatus
|
|
|
6127 dbItemDataCallback(ControlRef browser,
|
|
|
6128 DataBrowserItemID itemID,
|
|
|
6129 DataBrowserPropertyID property /* column id */,
|
|
|
6130 DataBrowserItemDataRef itemData,
|
|
|
6131 Boolean changeValue)
|
|
|
6132 {
|
|
|
6133 OSStatus status = noErr;
|
|
|
6134
|
|
|
6135 // assert(property == kTabsColumn); // why is this violated??
|
|
|
6136
|
|
|
6137 // changeValue is true if we have a modifieable list and data was changed.
|
|
|
6138 // In our case, it's always false.
|
|
|
6139 // (that is: if (changeValue) updateInternalData(); else return
|
|
|
6140 // internalData();
|
|
|
6141 if (!changeValue)
|
|
|
6142 {
|
|
|
6143 CFStringRef str;
|
|
|
6144
|
|
|
6145 assert(itemID - 1 >= 0 && itemID - 1 < tabLabelsSize);
|
|
|
6146 str = tabLabels[itemID - 1];
|
|
|
6147 status = SetDataBrowserItemDataText(itemData, str);
|
|
|
6148 }
|
|
|
6149 else
|
|
|
6150 status = errDataBrowserPropertyNotSupported;
|
|
|
6151
|
|
|
6152 return status;
|
|
|
6153 }
|
|
|
6154
|
|
|
6155 // data browser action callback
|
|
|
6156 static void
|
|
|
6157 dbItemNotificationCallback(ControlRef browser,
|
|
|
6158 DataBrowserItemID item,
|
|
|
6159 DataBrowserItemNotification message)
|
|
|
6160 {
|
|
|
6161 switch (message)
|
|
|
6162 {
|
|
|
6163 case kDataBrowserItemSelected:
|
|
|
6164 send_tabline_event(item);
|
|
|
6165 break;
|
|
|
6166 }
|
|
|
6167 }
|
|
|
6168
|
|
|
6169 // callbacks needed for contextual menu:
|
|
|
6170 static void
|
|
|
6171 dbGetContextualMenuCallback(ControlRef browser,
|
|
|
6172 MenuRef *menu,
|
|
|
6173 UInt32 *helpType,
|
|
|
6174 CFStringRef *helpItemString,
|
|
|
6175 AEDesc *selection)
|
|
|
6176 {
|
|
|
6177 // on mac os 9: kCMHelpItemNoHelp, but it's not the same
|
|
|
6178 *helpType = kCMHelpItemRemoveHelp; // OS X only ;-)
|
|
|
6179 *helpItemString = NULL;
|
|
|
6180
|
|
|
6181 *menu = contextMenu;
|
|
|
6182 }
|
|
|
6183
|
|
|
6184 static void
|
|
|
6185 dbSelectContextualMenuCallback(ControlRef browser,
|
|
|
6186 MenuRef menu,
|
|
|
6187 UInt32 selectionType,
|
|
|
6188 SInt16 menuID,
|
|
|
6189 MenuItemIndex menuItem)
|
|
|
6190 {
|
|
|
6191 if (selectionType == kCMMenuItemSelected)
|
|
|
6192 {
|
|
|
6193 MenuCommand command;
|
|
|
6194 GetMenuItemCommandID(menu, menuItem, &command);
|
|
|
6195
|
|
|
6196 // get tab that was selected when the context menu appeared
|
|
|
6197 // (there is always one tab selected). TODO: check if the context menu
|
|
|
6198 // isn't opened on an item but on empty space (has to be possible some
|
|
|
6199 // way, the finder does it too ;-) )
|
|
|
6200 Handle items = NewHandle(0);
|
|
|
6201 if (items != NULL)
|
|
|
6202 {
|
|
|
6203 int numItems;
|
|
|
6204
|
|
|
6205 GetDataBrowserItems(browser, kDataBrowserNoItem, false,
|
|
|
6206 kDataBrowserItemIsSelected, items);
|
|
|
6207 numItems = GetHandleSize(items) / sizeof(DataBrowserItemID);
|
|
|
6208 if (numItems > 0)
|
|
|
6209 {
|
|
|
6210 int idx;
|
|
|
6211 DataBrowserItemID *itemsPtr;
|
|
|
6212
|
|
|
6213 HLock(items);
|
|
|
6214 itemsPtr = (DataBrowserItemID *)*items;
|
|
|
6215 idx = itemsPtr[0];
|
|
|
6216 HUnlock(items);
|
|
|
6217 send_tabline_menu_event(idx, command);
|
|
|
6218 }
|
|
|
6219 DisposeHandle(items);
|
|
|
6220 }
|
|
|
6221 }
|
|
|
6222 }
|
|
|
6223
|
|
|
6224 // focus callback of the data browser to always leave focus in vim
|
|
|
6225 static OSStatus
|
|
|
6226 dbFocusCallback(EventHandlerCallRef handler, EventRef event, void *data)
|
|
|
6227 {
|
|
|
6228 assert(GetEventClass(event) == kEventClassControl
|
|
|
6229 && GetEventKind(event) == kEventControlSetFocusPart);
|
|
|
6230
|
|
|
6231 return paramErr;
|
|
|
6232 }
|
|
|
6233
|
|
|
6234
|
|
|
6235 // drawer callback to resize data browser to drawer size
|
|
|
6236 static OSStatus
|
|
|
6237 drawerCallback(EventHandlerCallRef handler, EventRef event, void *data)
|
|
|
6238 {
|
|
|
6239 switch (GetEventKind(event))
|
|
|
6240 {
|
|
|
6241 case kEventWindowBoundsChanged: // move or resize
|
|
|
6242 {
|
|
|
6243 UInt32 attribs;
|
|
|
6244 GetEventParameter(event, kEventParamAttributes, typeUInt32,
|
|
|
6245 NULL, sizeof(attribs), NULL, &attribs);
|
|
|
6246 if (attribs & kWindowBoundsChangeSizeChanged) // resize
|
|
|
6247 {
|
|
|
6248 Rect r;
|
|
|
6249 GetWindowBounds(drawer, kWindowContentRgn, &r);
|
|
|
6250 SetRect(&r, 0, 0, r.right - r.left, r.bottom - r.top);
|
|
|
6251 SetControlBounds(dataBrowser, &r);
|
|
|
6252 SetDataBrowserTableViewNamedColumnWidth(dataBrowser,
|
|
|
6253 kTabsColumn, r.right);
|
|
|
6254 }
|
|
|
6255 }
|
|
|
6256 break;
|
|
|
6257 }
|
|
|
6258
|
|
|
6259 return eventNotHandledErr;
|
|
|
6260 }
|
|
|
6261
|
|
|
6262 // Load DataBrowserChangeAttributes() dynamically on tiger (and better).
|
|
|
6263 // This way the code works on 10.2 and 10.3 as well (it doesn't have the
|
|
|
6264 // blue highlights in the list view on these systems, though. Oh well.)
|
|
|
6265
|
|
|
6266
|
|
|
6267 #import <mach-o/dyld.h>
|
|
|
6268
|
|
|
6269 enum { kMyDataBrowserAttributeListViewAlternatingRowColors = (1 << 1) };
|
|
|
6270
|
|
|
6271 static OSStatus
|
|
|
6272 myDataBrowserChangeAttributes(ControlRef inDataBrowser,
|
|
|
6273 OptionBits inAttributesToSet,
|
|
|
6274 OptionBits inAttributesToClear)
|
|
|
6275 {
|
|
|
6276 long osVersion;
|
|
|
6277 char *symbolName;
|
|
|
6278 NSSymbol symbol = NULL;
|
|
|
6279 OSStatus (*dataBrowserChangeAttributes)(ControlRef inDataBrowser,
|
|
|
6280 OptionBits inAttributesToSet, OptionBits inAttributesToClear);
|
|
|
6281
|
|
|
6282 Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersion, &osVersion);
|
|
|
6283 if (osVersion < 0x1040) // only supported for 10.4 (and up)
|
|
|
6284 return noErr;
|
|
|
6285
|
|
|
6286 // C name mangling...
|
|
|
6287 symbolName = "_DataBrowserChangeAttributes";
|
|
|
6288 if (!NSIsSymbolNameDefined(symbolName)
|
|
|
6289 || (symbol = NSLookupAndBindSymbol(symbolName)) == NULL)
|
|
|
6290 return noErr;
|
|
|
6291
|
|
|
6292 dataBrowserChangeAttributes = NSAddressOfSymbol(symbol);
|
|
|
6293 if (dataBrowserChangeAttributes == NULL)
|
|
|
6294 return noErr; // well...
|
|
|
6295 return dataBrowserChangeAttributes(inDataBrowser,
|
|
|
6296 inAttributesToSet, inAttributesToClear);
|
|
|
6297 }
|
|
|
6298
|
|
|
6299 static void
|
|
|
6300 initialise_tabline(void)
|
|
|
6301 {
|
|
|
6302 Rect drawerRect = { 0, 0, 0, DRAWER_SIZE };
|
|
|
6303 DataBrowserCallbacks dbCallbacks;
|
|
|
6304 EventTypeSpec focusEvent = {kEventClassControl, kEventControlSetFocusPart};
|
|
|
6305 EventTypeSpec resizeEvent = {kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowBoundsChanged};
|
|
|
6306 DataBrowserListViewColumnDesc colDesc;
|
|
|
6307
|
|
|
6308 // drawers have to have compositing enabled
|
|
|
6309 CreateNewWindow(kDrawerWindowClass,
|
|
|
6310 kWindowStandardHandlerAttribute
|
|
|
6311 | kWindowCompositingAttribute
|
|
|
6312 | kWindowResizableAttribute
|
|
|
6313 | kWindowLiveResizeAttribute,
|
|
|
6314 &drawerRect, &drawer);
|
|
|
6315
|
|
|
6316 SetThemeWindowBackground(drawer, kThemeBrushDrawerBackground, true);
|
|
|
6317 SetDrawerParent(drawer, gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
6318 SetDrawerOffsets(drawer, kWindowOffsetUnchanged, DRAWER_INSET);
|
|
|
6319
|
|
|
6320
|
|
|
6321 // create list view embedded in drawer
|
|
|
6322 CreateDataBrowserControl(drawer, &drawerRect, kDataBrowserListView,
|
|
|
6323 &dataBrowser);
|
|
|
6324
|
|
|
6325 dbCallbacks.version = kDataBrowserLatestCallbacks;
|
|
|
6326 InitDataBrowserCallbacks(&dbCallbacks);
|
|
|
6327 dbCallbacks.u.v1.itemDataCallback =
|
|
|
6328 NewDataBrowserItemDataUPP(dbItemDataCallback);
|
|
|
6329 dbCallbacks.u.v1.itemNotificationCallback =
|
|
|
6330 NewDataBrowserItemNotificationUPP(dbItemNotificationCallback);
|
|
|
6331 dbCallbacks.u.v1.getContextualMenuCallback =
|
|
|
6332 NewDataBrowserGetContextualMenuUPP(dbGetContextualMenuCallback);
|
|
|
6333 dbCallbacks.u.v1.selectContextualMenuCallback =
|
|
|
6334 NewDataBrowserSelectContextualMenuUPP(dbSelectContextualMenuCallback);
|
|
|
6335
|
|
|
6336 SetDataBrowserCallbacks(dataBrowser, &dbCallbacks);
|
|
|
6337
|
|
|
6338 SetDataBrowserListViewHeaderBtnHeight(dataBrowser, 0); // no header
|
|
|
6339 SetDataBrowserHasScrollBars(dataBrowser, false, true); // only vertical
|
|
|
6340 SetDataBrowserSelectionFlags(dataBrowser,
|
|
|
6341 kDataBrowserSelectOnlyOne | kDataBrowserNeverEmptySelectionSet);
|
|
|
6342 SetDataBrowserTableViewHiliteStyle(dataBrowser,
|
|
|
6343 kDataBrowserTableViewFillHilite);
|
|
|
6344 Boolean b = false;
|
|
|
6345 SetControlData(dataBrowser, kControlEntireControl,
|
|
|
6346 kControlDataBrowserIncludesFrameAndFocusTag, sizeof(b), &b);
|
|
|
6347
|
|
|
6348 // enable blue background in data browser (this is only in 10.4 and vim
|
|
|
6349 // has to support older osx versions as well, so we have to load this
|
|
|
6350 // function dynamically)
|
|
|
6351 myDataBrowserChangeAttributes(dataBrowser,
|
|
|
6352 kMyDataBrowserAttributeListViewAlternatingRowColors, 0);
|
|
|
6353
|
|
|
6354 // install callback that keeps focus in vim and away from the data browser
|
|
|
6355 InstallControlEventHandler(dataBrowser, dbFocusCallback, 1, &focusEvent,
|
|
|
6356 NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6357
|
|
|
6358 // install callback that keeps data browser at the size of the drawer
|
|
|
6359 InstallWindowEventHandler(drawer, drawerCallback, 1, &resizeEvent,
|
|
|
6360 NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6361
|
|
|
6362 // add "tabs" column to data browser
|
|
|
6363 colDesc.propertyDesc.propertyID = kTabsColumn;
|
|
|
6364 colDesc.propertyDesc.propertyType = kDataBrowserTextType;
|
|
|
6365
|
|
|
6366 // add if items can be selected (?): kDataBrowserListViewSelectionColumn
|
|
|
6367 colDesc.propertyDesc.propertyFlags = kDataBrowserDefaultPropertyFlags;
|
|
|
6368
|
|
|
6369 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.version = kDataBrowserListViewLatestHeaderDesc;
|
|
|
6370 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.minimumWidth = 100;
|
|
|
6371 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.maximumWidth = 150;
|
|
|
6372 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.titleOffset = 0;
|
|
|
6373 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.titleString = CFSTR("Tabs");
|
|
|
6374 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.initialOrder = kDataBrowserOrderIncreasing;
|
|
|
6375 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.btnFontStyle.flags = 0; // use default font
|
|
|
6376 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.btnContentInfo.contentType = kControlContentTextOnly;
|
|
|
6377
|
|
|
6378 AddDataBrowserListViewColumn(dataBrowser, &colDesc, 0);
|
|
|
6379
|
|
|
6380 // create tabline popup menu required by vim docs (see :he tabline-menu)
|
|
|
6381 CreateNewMenu(kTabContextMenuId, 0, &contextMenu);
|
|
|
6382 AppendMenuItemTextWithCFString(contextMenu, CFSTR("Close"), 0,
|
|
|
6383 TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE, NULL);
|
|
|
6384 AppendMenuItemTextWithCFString(contextMenu, CFSTR("New Tab"), 0,
|
|
|
6385 TABLINE_MENU_NEW, NULL);
|
|
|
6386 AppendMenuItemTextWithCFString(contextMenu, CFSTR("Open Tab..."), 0,
|
|
|
6387 TABLINE_MENU_OPEN, NULL);
|
|
|
6388 }
|
|
|
6389
|
|
|
6390
|
|
|
6391 /*
|
|
|
6392 * Show or hide the tabline.
|
|
|
6393 */
|
|
|
6394 void
|
|
|
6395 gui_mch_show_tabline(int showit)
|
|
|
6396 {
|
|
|
6397 if (showit == 0)
|
|
|
6398 CloseDrawer(drawer, true);
|
|
|
6399 else
|
|
|
6400 OpenDrawer(drawer, kWindowEdgeRight, true);
|
|
|
6401 }
|
|
|
6402
|
|
|
6403 /*
|
|
|
6404 * Return TRUE when tabline is displayed.
|
|
|
6405 */
|
|
|
6406 int
|
|
|
6407 gui_mch_showing_tabline(void)
|
|
|
6408 {
|
|
|
6409 WindowDrawerState state = GetDrawerState(drawer);
|
|
|
6410
|
|
|
6411 return state == kWindowDrawerOpen || state == kWindowDrawerOpening;
|
|
|
6412 }
|
|
|
6413
|
|
|
6414 /*
|
|
|
6415 * Update the labels of the tabline.
|
|
|
6416 */
|
|
|
6417 void
|
|
|
6418 gui_mch_update_tabline(void)
|
|
|
6419 {
|
|
|
6420 tabpage_T *tp;
|
|
|
6421 int numTabs = getTabCount();
|
|
|
6422 int nr = 1;
|
|
|
6423 int curtabidx = 1;
|
|
|
6424
|
|
|
6425 // adjust data browser
|
|
|
6426 if (tabLabels != NULL)
|
|
|
6427 {
|
|
|
6428 int i;
|
|
|
6429
|
|
|
6430 for (i = 0; i < tabLabelsSize; ++i)
|
|
|
6431 CFRelease(tabLabels[i]);
|
|
|
6432 free(tabLabels);
|
|
|
6433 }
|
|
|
6434 tabLabels = (CFStringRef *)malloc(numTabs * sizeof(CFStringRef));
|
|
|
6435 tabLabelsSize = numTabs;
|
|
|
6436
|
|
|
6437 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next, ++nr)
|
|
|
6438 {
|
|
|
6439 if (tp == curtab)
|
|
|
6440 curtabidx = nr;
|
|
|
6441 tabLabels[nr-1] = getTabLabel(tp);
|
|
|
6442 }
|
|
|
6443
|
|
|
6444 RemoveDataBrowserItems(dataBrowser, kDataBrowserNoItem, 0, NULL,
|
|
|
6445 kDataBrowserItemNoProperty);
|
|
|
6446 // data browser uses ids 1, 2, 3, ... numTabs per default, so we
|
|
|
6447 // can pass NULL for the id array
|
|
|
6448 AddDataBrowserItems(dataBrowser, kDataBrowserNoItem, numTabs, NULL,
|
|
|
6449 kDataBrowserItemNoProperty);
|
|
|
6450
|
|
|
6451 DataBrowserItemID item = curtabidx;
|
|
|
6452 SetDataBrowserSelectedItems(dataBrowser, 1, &item, kDataBrowserItemsAssign);
|
|
|
6453 }
|
|
|
6454
|
|
|
6455 /*
|
|
|
6456 * Set the current tab to "nr". First tab is 1.
|
|
|
6457 */
|
|
|
6458 void
|
|
|
6459 gui_mch_set_curtab(nr)
|
|
|
6460 int nr;
|
|
|
6461 {
|
|
|
6462 DataBrowserItemID item = nr;
|
|
|
6463 SetDataBrowserSelectedItems(dataBrowser, 1, &item, kDataBrowserItemsAssign);
|
|
|
6464
|
|
|
6465 // TODO: call something like this?: (or restore scroll position, or...)
|
|
|
6466 RevealDataBrowserItem(dataBrowser, item, kTabsColumn,
|
|
|
6467 kDataBrowserRevealOnly);
|
|
|
6468 }
|
|
|
6469
|
|
|
6470 #endif // FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
|
